You are on page 1of 123

Pub.

EC-1301
EH SERIES
PROPORTIONAL ELECTRO-HYDRAULIC
CONTROL VALVES PROPORTIONAL
Pilot Relief / Relief / Reducing and Relieving / CONTROLS
Flow Control / Flow Control and Relief /
Directional and Flow Control
Up to 24.5 MPa (3550 PSI), 400 L/min (106 U.S.GPM)

Pilot Relief Valves .................................................. Page 3

Relief Valves ........................................................... Page 4

Reducing and Relieving Valves ............................ Page 5

H
Flow Control Valves
Flow Control and Check Valves ........................... Page 6
O
M

A
Flow Control and Relief Valves ............................ Page 7 Y

O
M

Directional and Flow Control Valves ................... Page 8


A B
a b

P T

High Response Type


Directional and Flow Control Valves ................... Page 9

BAV P T W YX

This catalogue introduce the outline of the EH series. Please refer to the catalogue titled "EH Series-Hybrid Components" (Cat. No. Pub.
JC-1320) for the details such as performance characteristics and dimensions.

No.1
EH SERIES
Pilot Relief / Relief / Reducing and Relieving / PROPORTIONAL
Flow Control / Flow Control and Relief / CONTROLS
Directional and Flow Control

High-accuracy, simple, convenient


EH Series realizes your dreams.

Why simple ?
Highly accurate hydraulic control can be
3
5 Pressure display panel (option) obtained only by supplying 24 V DC power 3
and inputting a command signal voltage of 0 to
5V 4 .4
3 24 V DC
power supply
1 Power amplifier

4 Command signal
voltage input

2 Pressure sensor
incorporated
6 Voltage output for
pressure monitor

7 Alarm signal output

Details of Proportional Electro-hydraulic Relief Valve

Why high-accuracy ? Why convenient ?


1
The power amplifier 1 and pressure sensor 2 Control pressure 5 can be shown digitally on
are integrated in the control valve. the optional pressure display panel 5 .
Furthermore, the closed-loop control 2 design
greatly improves the linearity, hysteresis and Analog voltages can be output by using the
stability in control pressure. incorporated sensor for monitoring pressure, etc.
6 5.
Pressure can be displayed remotely with the
Yuken's digital panel metre or any indicators
obtainable in the market and also can be
transmitted into a computer.
1. The sensor in directional control valves is to monitor the
spool position. Valves without sensor are also available in If any trouble arises in the system and the
both pressure control valves and directional control valves. command signal does not match to the output, the
2. Open-loop types are also available.
alarm signal 7 is dispatched.
3. EHDFG-04 and 06: ±24V DC power supply is needed.
4. EHDFG-01, 03, 04 and 06: 0 to ±5V DC command signal The trouble, if arises, can be easily detected by
is needed. monitoring the dispatch of the alarm signal with
5. EHDFG-04 and 06: The spool displacement is shown as a sequence controller or computer.
percentage.

No.2
EH SERIES
Pilot Relief Valves PROPORTIONAL
EHDG-01∗-∗-∗∗-∗-PNT∗∗-50 CONTROLS
1/8, Sub-plate Mounting

The valve can be used as a pilot valve of the Proportional Electro-Hydraulic


Control Valves.
The valve can also be used as a relief valve for the hydraulic system where
a small flow rate and continuous pressure control are required.

Specifications
Model Numbers
EHDG-01∗
Description
Max. Operating Pres. 24.5 MPa (3550 PSI)
Max. Flow 2 L /min (.53 U.S.GPM)
Min. Flow 0.3 L /min (.08 U.S.GPM)
Pressure Adjustment Range Refer to Model Number Designation
Coil Resistance 10 Ω
Hysteresis Less than 3% (1%) 1

2
Repeatability Less than 1%
B : 10 (27) Hz 1
Frequency Response C : 10 (27) Hz 1 (-90 degree)
H : 12 (27) Hz 1
24 V DC Graphic Symbols
Supply Electric Power
(21 to 28 V DC Included Ripple)
Power Input (Max.) 28 W
B : 6.9 MPa (1000 PSI) / 5 V DC

H
Input Signal C : 15.7 MPa (2275 PSI) / 5 V DC
H : 24.5 MPa (3550 PSI) / 5 V DC Open-Loop Type Open-Loop Type
with Safety Valve
Input Impedance 10 k Ω
Alarm Signal Output Voltage: Max. 30 V DC
(Open Collector) Current: Max. 40 mA
B : 5 V DC / 6.9 MPa (1000 PSI)
Pressure Signal Output C : 5 V DC / 15.7 MPa (2275 PSI) Open-Loop Type Open-Loop Type with
H : 5 V DC / 24.5 MPa (3550 PSI) with Sensor Safety Valve & Sensor
0 - 50°C (32 - 122°F)
Ambient Temperature
(With Circulated Air)
1. The value in ( ) is for the closed-loop type.
2. The repeatability of the valve is obtained by having it tested independently on the
conditions similar to its original testing.
Closed-Loop Type Closed-Loop Type
with Safety Valve

Model Number Designation


EHD G -01 V -B -S D -1 -PN T15 M10 -50
Series Type of Valve Applicable Pres. Adj. Range Control Safety P-Line T-Line P-B Line Design
DPM
Number Mounting Size Control MPa (PSI) Type Valve Orifice Orifice Orifice Number
None : None :
None : Open- Without
For general Loop DPM None :
EHD : use B: 0.5 - 6.9 Without
Propor- (70 - 1000) S: None : Safety PN : T15
tional G: V: Open- Without
C: 1 - 15.7 Valve Without T13
Electro- Sub-Plate 01 Vent Loop DPM 50
Hydraulic Mounting Control of (145 - 2275) Orifice T11 M10 :
with 1:
Pilot Relief (Standard) 2
Standard
H: 1.2 - 24.5 Sensor With
Relief Valve (175 - 3550) Safety Orifice
Valve (Omit if not L: D:
Valve
required) Closed- With
Loop 1 DPM
1. For closed-loop models, specify applicable control code "V" even 2. Standard of T-line Orifice.
though the valve may not be used as vent control of relief valve. Pres. Adj. Range B: T15, C: T13, H: T11.

No.3
EH SERIES
Relief Valves PROPORTIONAL
EHBG-03/06/10 (3/8, 3/4, 1-1/4) CONTROLS
Sub-plate Mounting

These valves, consist of a small size but high performance EH series electro-
hydraulic proportional pilot relief valve and a low noise type relief valve. The
valves control the system pressure proportionally through a controlled input
voltage.

Specifications
Model Numbers
EHBG-03 EHBG-06 EHBG-10
Description
Max. Operating Pres. 24.5 MPa (3550 PSI)
Max. Flow 100 L /min 200 L /min 400 L /min
(26.4 U.S.GPM) (52.8 U.S.GPM) (106 U.S.GPM)

Min. Flow 3 L /min 3 L /min 3 L /min


(.79 U.S.GPM) (.79 U.S.GPM) (.79 U.S.GPM)
Pressure Adjustment Range Refer to Model Number Designation
Coil Resistance 10 Ω
Hysteresis Less than 2% (1%) 1
Repeatability Less than 1% 2
C : 10 (22) Hz 1
C : 7 (15) Hz 1 C : 7 (10.5) Hz 1
1
Frequency Response H : 10 (25) Hz 1
H : 9.5 (18) Hz H : 6 (14) Hz 1
(-90 degree) (-90 degree) (-90 degree)
Graphic Symbols
24 V DC
Supply Electric Power
(21 to 28 V DC Included Ripple)
Power Input (Max.) 28 W
C : 15.7 MPa (2275 PSI) / 5 V DC
Input Signal (At Max. Flow)
H : 24.5 MPa (3550 PSI) / 5 V DC
Open-Loop Type
Input Impedance 10 k Ω
Alarm Signal Output Voltage: Max. 30 V DC
(Open Collector) Current: Max. 40 mA
C : 5 V DC / 15.7 MPa (2275 PSI)
Pressure Signal Output
H : 5 V DC / 24.5 MPa (3550 PSI)
0 - 50°C (32 - 122°F)
Ambient Temperature
(With Circulated Air) Open-Loop Type with Sensor
1. The value in ( ) is for the closed-loop type.
2. The repeatability of the valve is obtained by having it tested independently on the conditions
similar to its original testing.

Closed-Loop Type

Model Number Designation


EHB G -03 -C -S D -50
Type of Valve Pres. Adj. Range Control Design
Series Number DPM
Mounting Size MPa (PSI) Type Number
C: 0.6 [0.8] - 15.7 (85 [115] - 2275)
03 None : None : 50
H: 0.6 [0.8] - 24.5 (85 [115] - 3550) Open-Loop Without DPM
EHB : G:
Proportional Electro- Sub-Plate C: 0.9 [1.0] - 15.7 (130 [145] - 2275)
06 S : Open-Loop None : 50
Hydraulic Relief Valve Mounting H: 0.9 [1.0] - 24.5 (130 [145] - 3550)
with Sensor Without DPM
C: 1.1 [1.4] - 15.7 (160 [205] - 2275) L: D:
10 50
H: 1.1 [1.4] - 24.5 (160 [205] - 3550) Closed-Loop With DPM

Each value of minimum adjustment pressure is of at 50% flow rate of the Max. Flow shown on the Specifications.
The value in [ ] is for the closed-loop type.

No.4
EH SERIES
Reducing & Relieving Valves PROPORTIONAL
EHRBG-06/10 (3/4, 1-1/4) CONTROLS
Sub-plate Mounting

These valves consist of a small size but high performance electro-hydraulic


proportional pilot relief valve and reducing valve with relief function. The valves
control the system pressure proportionally through a controlled input voltage.
Moreover, a good response speed in reducing the pressure even at a large load
capacity can be obtained with the relief function of the valves.

Specifications
Model Numbers
EHRBG-06 EHRBG-10
Description
Max. Operating Pres. 24.5 MPa (3550 PSI)
Max. Flow 100 L /min 250 L /min
(26.4 U.S.GPM) (66 U.S.GPM)

Max. Relieving Flow 35 L /min 1 15 L /min 1


(9.24 U.S.GPM) (3.96 U.S.GPM)
Pressure Adjustment Range Refer to Model Number Designation
Coil Resistance 10 Ω
Hysteresis Less than 3%
Repeatability Less than 1% 2
B : 4 Hz
Frequency Response C : 3 Hz (-90 degree)
H : 3 Hz
24 V DC
Supply Electric Power
(21 to 28 V DC Included Ripple)

H
Power Input (Max.) 28 W
Graphic Symbols
B : 6.9 MPa (1000 PSI) / 5 V DC
C : 13.7 MPa (2000 PSI) / 5 V DC
Input Signal H : 20.6 MPa (3000 PSI) / 5 V DC
(at Flow Rate Zero)
Input Impedance 10 k Ω
B : 5 V DC / 6.9 MPa (1000 PSI) Open-Loop Type
Pressure Signal Output C : 5 V DC / 13.7 MPa (2000 PSI)
H : 5 V DC / 20.6 MPa (3000 PSI)
0 - 50°C (32 - 122°F)
Ambient Temperature
(With Circulated Air)
1. The figures shown are those obtained where the differential pressure between the secondary
pressure port and tank port is 14 MPa (2030 PSI).
2. The repeatability of the valve is obtained by having it tested independently on the conditions Open-Loop Type with Sensor
similar to its original testing.

Model Number Designation


EHRB G -06 -C -S D -50
Type of Valve Pres. Adj. Range Design
Series Number Control Type DPM
Mounting Size MPa (PSI) Number
B: 0.8 - 6.9 (115 - 1000)
06 C: 1.2 - 13.7 (175 - 2000) None : None : 50
EHRB: G: Open-Loop Without DPM
H: 1.5 - 20.6 (220 - 3000)
Proportional Electro-Hydraulic Sub-Plate
Reducing & Relieving Valve Mounting B: 0.9 - 6.9 (130 - 1000)
10 C: 1.2 - 13.7 (175 - 2000) S : Open-Loop 50
D : With DPM
with Sensor
H: 1.5 - 20.6 (220 - 3000)

No.5
EH SERIES
Flow Control (and Check) Valves PROPORTIONAL
EHFG/EHFCG-03/06 (3/8, 3/4) CONTROLS
Sub-plate Mounting

The system flow rate can be controlled remotely as desired by regulating


input voltage. Further, since pressure and temperature compensation
functions are provided, the preselected flow rate is not affected by pressure
(load) or temperature (fluid viscosity).

Specifications
Model Numbers
EHF∗G-03- 60 EHF∗G-06-250
Description 125
Max. Operating Pres.
20.6 (3000) 24.5 (3550)
MPa (PSI)
Max. Metred Flow 60 : 60 ( 15.8)
250 (66)
L/min (U.S.GPM) 125 : 125 ( 33)
Min. Metred Flow
1 (.26) 2.5 (.66)
L/min (U.S.GPM)
Min. Differential Pressure 1
1.0 (145) 1.0 (145)
MPa (PSI)
Free Flow L/min (U.S.GPM)
130 (34.3) 280 (73.9)
(Only with Check Valve)
Pilot Flow at Normal 0.5 ( .13) 1 ( .26)
L/min (U.S.GPM) at Transition 2.6 ( .69) 4 ( 1.06)
Min. Pilot Pressure
1.0 (145) 1.5 (215)
MPa (PSI)
Graphic Symbols
Frequency Response 12 Hz (-90 degree)
Hysteresis Less than 3% EHFG
Repeatability Less than 1% 2

Coil Resistance 10 Ω
24 V DC
Supply Electric Power
(21 to 28 V DC Included Ripple) O
O
M
Power Input (Max.) 28 W M

Input signal Max. Metred Flow / 5V DC Internal Pilot External Pilot


Input Impedance 10 k Ω
0 - 50°C (32 - 122°F) EHFCG
Ambient Temperature
(With Circulated Air)
1. Minimum differential pressure means fine pressure compensation at inlet and outlet port.
2. The repeatability of the valve is obtained by having it tested independently on the
conditions similar to its original testing. O
M O
M

Internal Pilot External Pilot

Model Number Designation


EHF G -03 -60 -E -50
Type of Max. Metred Flow Design
Series Number Valve Size Pilot Connection
Mounting L/min (U.S.GPM) Number

EHF : 60 : 60 ( 15.8)
Proportional Electro-Hydraulic 03 None : 50
G: 125 : 125 ( 33) Internal Pilot
Flow Control Valve
Sub-Plate
EHFC : Mounting E:
Proportional Electro-Hydraulic 06 250 : 250 ( 66) External Pilot 50
Flow Control and Check Valve

No.6
EH SERIES
Flow Control and Relief Valves PROPORTIONAL
EHFBG-03/06/10 (3/8, 3/4, 1-1/4) CONTROLS
Sub-plate Mounting

These are proportional electro-hydraulic flow control valves having functions for
controlling the direct electric current of metre-in type and for pressure control.
They are energy-saving valves for supplying the minimal pressure and flow
required to operate actuators.

Specifications
Model Numbers 60
EHFBG-03- 125 EHFBG-06-250 EHFBG-10-500
Description
Max. Operating Pressure MPa (PSI) 24.5 (3550) 24.5 (3550) 24.5 (3550)
Max. Flow 60 : 60 ( 15.8)
250 (66) 500 (132)
L/min (U.S.GPM) 125 : 125 ( 33)
Metred Flow Capacity 60 : 1-60(.26-15.8)
2.5-250 (.66-66) 5-500 (13.2-132)
L/min (U.S.GPM) 125: 1-125(.26-33)
Min. Pilot Pressure MPa (PSI) 1.5 (215) 1.5 (215) 1.5 (215)
Pilot Flow at Normal 1 (.26) 1 (.26) 1 (.26)
L/min (U.S.GPM) at Transition 3 (.79) 4 (1.06) 6 (1.59)
Differential Pressure MPa (PSI) 0.6 (85) 0.7 (100) 0.9 (130)
Hysteresis Less than 3%
Repeatability Less than 1%
Flow Controls

Input Signal Max. Flow / 5 V DC


Coil Resistance 10 Ω
Graphic Symbols
Supply Electric Power 24 V DC (21 to 28 V DC Included Ripple)
Input Impedance 10 k Ω A A

Power Input (Max.) 28 W Y Y

H
Pres. Adj. Range Adj. Range: C 1.2-15.7 (175-2275) 1.4-15.7 (200-2275) 1.5-15.7 (215-2275) O
M
O
M
MPa (PSI) Adj. Range: H 1.4-24.5 (200-3550) 1.4-24.5 (200-3550) 1.5-24.5 (215-3550)
V V
Pressure Controls

Hysteresis Less than 2%


Repeatability Less than 1%
T T
Coil Resistance 10 Ω
Input Signal Max. Operating Pres. / 5 V DC P P

Supply Electric Power 24 V DC (21 to 28 V DC Included Ripple) Models with Models with
Proportional Pilot Proportional Pilot
Input Impedance 10 k Ω Relief Valves Relief Valves and
Power Input (Max.) 28 W Sensor
C : 5 V DC / 15.7 MPa (2275 PSI)
Output Signal A
H : 5 V DC / 24.5 MPa (3550 PSI)
Y
0 - 50°C (32 - 122°F)
Ambient Temperature O
(With Circulated Air) M
V
The repeatability of the valves is obtained by having it tested independently on the conditions X
similar to its original testing. O
T M

Models without External Pilot Pres.


Proportional Pilot Connection
Relief Valves
Model Number Designation
EHFB G -03 -60 -C -E -S D -50
Series Type of Valve Max. Metred Flow Pilot Relief Valve Pilot Connection Pressure DPM of Design
Number Mounting Size L/min (U.S.GPM) Pres. Adj. Range of Flow Control Controls Pres. Number

EHFB : 60 : 60 ( 15.8) None :


03 None : None : 50
Proportional 125 : 125 ( 33) Without Propor- None :
Electro- G: Open-Loop Without
tional Pilot Relief Internal Pilot
Hydraulic Sub-Plate Valve DPM
Mounting 06 250 : 250 ( 66) 50
Flow Control S:
E:
and Relief
C, H : External Pilot Open-Loop D :
Valve With DPM
10 250 : 500 ( 132) See Specifications with Sensor 50

DMP is available only for the models with Pressure Controls "S".

No.7
EH SERIES
Directional and Flow Control Valves PROPORTIONAL
EHDFG-01/03 (1/8, 3/8) CONTROLS
Sub-plate Mounting

These valves incorporate two control functions - flow and direction - which
simplify the hydraulic circuit composition and therefore the cost of the
system is reduced.

Specifications
Model Numbers
EHDFG-01 EHDFG-03
Description
Max. Operating Pressure MPa (PSI) 24.5 (3550) 24.5 (3550)
Max. Tank Line Back Pres. MPa (PSI) 7 (1020) 7 (1020)
Rated Flow L/min (U.S.GPM)
30 (7.92) 60 (15.9)
[Valve P 6.9 MPa (1000 PSI)]
Hysteresis Less than 5%
Repeatability Less than 1%
Frequency Response 20 (-90 deg.) Hz 17 (-90 deg.) Hz
Graphic Symbols
Coil Resistance 10.5 Ω 8.0 Ω
24 V DC Metre-in • Metre-out Control
Supply Electric Power
(21 to 28 V DC Included Ripple)
A B A B
By Controlling Variable a b a b
Resistance 1 - 2 k Ω Volume Range
Input (Using of Power from Amp.)
Voltage P T P T
By Controlling Voltage 0 ~ -5 V for SOL a 3C2 3C40
(Using of Power outside Amp.) 0 ~ +5 V for SOL b

Input Impedance 10 k Ω 10 k Ω Metre-out Control


Power Input (Max.) 40 W 45 W A B A B
a b a b
0 - 50°C (32 - 122°F)
Ambient Temperature
(With Circulated Air)
P T P T
The repeatability of the valves is obtained by having it tested independently on the con-
3C2 3C40
ditions similar to its original testing.

Metre-in Control
A B A B
a b a b

P T P T

3C2 3C40

Model Number Designation


EHDFG -01 -30 -3C2 -E -30
Rated Flow Design
Series Number Valve Size Spool Type Direction of Flow
L/min (U.S.GPM) Number

01 30 : 30 (7.92) XY : Metre-in · 30
EHDFG : 3C2 Metre-out
Proportional Electro-Hydraulic
Directional and Flow Control X : Metre-in
Valve (Sub-Plate Mounting) 03 60 : 60 (15.9) 3C40 30
Y : Metre-out

Spool type shown in the column is for the centre position.

No.8
EH SERIES
High Response Type
PROPORTIONAL
Directional and Flow Control Valves CONTROLS
EHDFG-04/06 (1/2, 3/4)
Sub-plate Mounting

These valves pursue the ultimate performance of proportional electro-


hydraulic directional & flow control valves and make themselves to have
high response features.
The closed-loop is composed in the valve inside by combination of a
differential transformer (LVDT) and a power amplifier. Thus, high accu-
racy and reliability are provided.
In addition to control in the open-loop, these can be used for the closed-loop
system as simplified servo valves.

Specifications
Model Numbers
EHDFG-04 EHDFG-06
Description
Max. Operating Pres. MPa (PSI) 15.7 (2275) 15.7 (2275)
Rated Flow L/min (U.S.GPM)
130 (34.3) 280 (73.9)
Valve Pres. Difference: 1.5 MPa (215 PSI)
Min. Required Pilot Pres. MPa (PSI) 1.5 (215) 1.5 (215) Graphic Symbols
Min. Required Pilot Flow at Normal 2 (.53) 2 (.53) Models without Pressure
L/min (U.S.GPM) at Transition 6 (1.59) 10 (2.64) Compensator Valve
Max. Drain Line Back Pres. MPa (PSI) 0.1 (15) 0.1 (15)
Hysteresis Less than 1%
Repeatability Less than 1%
Frequency Response 55 Hz (-90 deg.) 45 Hz (-90 deg.)

H
Coil Resistance 30 Ω 30 Ω BAV P T W Y

Supply Electric Power ± 24 V DC Internal Pilot


( ± 21 to ± 28 V DC Included Ripple)
Input Signal Rated Flow / ± 5 V DC
Input Impedance 10 k Ω 10 k Ω
Power Input (Max.) 20 W 20 W
Voltage: Max. 30 V DC
Alarm Signal Output (Open Collector)
Current: Max. 30 mA BAV P T W YX

LVDT Output (Sensor Monitor) ± 5 V DC / Rated Travel of Spool External Pilot


0 - 50°C (32 - 122°F)
Ambient Temperature Models with Pressure
(With Circulated Air)
Compensator Valve
The repeatability of the valves is obtained by having it tested independently on the con-
ditions similar to its original testing.

BA P T W Y
Internal Pilot
Model Number Designation
EHDFG -04 -130 -2 -E -D -CB -10
Valve Rated Flow Pilot Relief Type Pres. Design
Series Number Spool Type DPM
Size L/min (U.S.GPM) Connection Compensator Number

EHDFG : 04 130 : 130 (34.3) None : None : None : 10


Proportional Electro- 2
Internal Pilot Without DPM Not Provided
Hydraulic Directional
and Flow Control
Valve E: D: CB :
06 280 : 280 (73.9) 40 10
(Sub-Plate Mounting) External Pilot With DPM Provided

Spool type shown in the column is for the centre position.

No.9
Pub. EC-1302
E SERIES
PROPORTIONAL PRESSURE CONTROLS PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Pilot Relief / Relief / Reducing and Relieving
Up to 24.5 M Pa (3550 PSI), 400 L /m in (106 U.S.GPM )

Proportional pressure control valves control the system pressure proportionally through a controlled input current from
the amplifier. Therefore, the continuous and stepless pressure control can be obtained even with a single valve. the valves
are of help not only to simplify the system design but also to eliminate any shocks in the hydraulic system.

Pilot Relief Valves .................................................


Page valves are composed of a small DC solenoid and
These 4 a direct-
acting type relief valve. As a relief valve for a hydraulic system of
small flow capacity or a pilot valve to electro-hydraulic proportional
control valves, the valves are able to control the pressure in pro-
portion to an input current.

Relief Valves ..........................................................


Page valves consist of a small size but high performance
These 11 1/8
electro-hydraulic proportional pilot relief valve and a relief valve
specially developed as low noise type. The valves can control the
pressure in a hydraulic system proportionally through a controlled

H
input current.

Reducing and Relieving Valves ...........................


Page valves consist of a small size but high performance
These 21 1/8
electro-hydraulic proportional pilot relief valve and a reducing
valve with relief function. The valves can control the pressure in a
hydraulic system proportionally through a controlled input current.
As the valves have a relieving mechanism, a good rsponse speed in
reducing the pressure even at a large load capacity can be obtained.

No.1
E SERIES
PRESSURE CONTROL VALVES PROPORTIONAL
Pilot Relief / Relief / Reducing and Relieving CONTROLS
Hydraulic Fluids

Hydraulic Fluids
Fluid Types
Any type of hydraulic fluid listed in the table below can be used.
Petroleum Base Oils Use fluids equivalent to ISO VG 32 or VG 46.
Use phosphate ester or polyol ester fluids. When phosphate ester fluid is used, prefix "F-"
Synthetic Fluids to the model number because the special seals (fluororubber) are required to be used.
Water-containing Fluids Use water-glycol fluid.
Note: For use with hy draulic fluids other than those listed above, please consult y our Yuken representatives in advance.

Recommended Fluid Viscosity and Temperature


Use hydraulic fluids which satisfy the both recommended viscosity and oil temperatures given in the table below.
Name Viscosity Temperature
Pilot Relief Valves
15 - 400 mm2/s -15 - +70°C
Relief Valves
Reducing and Relieving Valves(77 - 1800 SSU) (5 - 160°F)

Control of Contamination
Due caution must be paid to maintaining control over contamination of the hydraulic fluids which may otherwise lead
to breakdowns and shorten the life of the valve. Please maintain the degree of contamination within NAS 1638-Grade
11. Use 20 µ m or finer line filter.

No.2
E SERIES
PRESSURE CONTROL VALVES PROPORTIONAL
Pilot Relief / Relief / Reducing and Relieving CONTROLS
Instructions

Mounting
Be sure that the air vent faces up.
In addition, if the valve is mounted vertically, the minimum adjustment pressure is 2 MPa (290 PSI) or higher.
[Good ex ample] [Bad ex ample]
Air Vent

Air Vent

SOL

SOL
SOL

Air Vent

Air Bleeding
To ensure stable control, bleed the air from solenoid
completely and fill its core with oil.
Bleeding can be done by slowly loosening one of the air
vents at the end of the solenoid. Choose one of the three
air vents which is expected to work most effectively (see Solenoid
the figure to the right). Air Vent
3 Places

Manual Adjustment Screw


When initial adjustments are to be made or when no
current is supplied to the valve due to electrical failure or

H
Manual Pressure Adj. Screw
other problem, turn the manual pressure adjustment
screw to temporarily set the valve pressure. In that case, 10 Ω Series Solenoid
when turn the manual pressure adjustment screw
clockwise, the valve pressure rises. Under normal
condition, however, this screw must be kept in its
original position (see the figure to the right).

Tank and Drain Piping


The tank-line back pressure and drain back pressure directly affect the minimum adjustment pressure. Therefore, do not
connect the tank or drain pipes to other lines, but connect them directly to the reservoir maintaining the back pressure
as low as possible. Be sure that the tank and drain pipe ends are immersed in fluid.

Hysteresis and Repeatability Value Indications


The hysteresis and repeatability values indicated in the specifications for each control valve are determined under the
following conditions:
Hysteresis Value: Obtained when Yuken's applicable power amplifier is used.
Repeatability Value: Obtained when Yuken's applicable power amplifier is used under the same conditions.

No.3
E Series
Pilot Relief Valves
EDG-01∗ -∗ -∗ -PNT∗ -51/5190 PROPORTIONAL
1/8, Sub-plate Mounting CONTROLS

Specifications / Model Number Designation

Specifications
Model Numbers
EDG-01
Description
Max. Operating Pres. 24.5 MPa (3550 PSI)
Max. Flow 2 L/min (.53 U.S.GPM)
Min. Flow 0.3 L/min (.08 U.S.GPM)
Pressure Adj. Range
MPa (PSI) Refer to Model Number Designation
EDG-01∗ -B: 800 mA
Rated Current EDG-01∗ -C: 900 mA
EDG-01∗ -H: 950 mA
Coil Resistance 10 Ω
Hysteresis Less than 3%
Repeatability Less than 1%
Approx. Mass 2 kg (4.4 lbs.)

Model Number Designation


ED G -01 V -C -1 -PN T13 -51 ∗
2
Ty pe of Valve Applicable P ressure Adj . Range Safety P -Line T-Line Design Design
Series Num ber
Mounting Size Control 1 MP a (P SI) Valve Orifice Orifice Num ber Standards

None : None:
B : 0.5 - 6.9 ( 70 - 1000) T15
ED : General use W ithout
Safety PN :
P roportional G:
Electro- V: Valve W ithout
Sub-plate 01 C : 1.0 - 15.7 ( 145 - 2275) T13 51 Refer to 3
Hy draulic Vent Control of Orifice
Mounting 1:
P ilot Relief Relief Valve W ith (Standard)
Valve (Om it if not Safety
required) H : 1.2 - 24.5 ( 175 - 3550) T11
Valve

1. W hen the valve is to be used for vent control purpose, orifice adj ustm ent is required due to piping capacity lim itations. Therefore, consult y our
Yuken representative in advance.
2. The orifice used as the pilot valve m ay differ from the standard orifice.
3. Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS" and European Design Standard
90 ............... N. Am erican Design Standard

Graphic Symbols

W ithout Safety Valve W ith Safety Valve

No.4
E Series
Pilot Relief Valves PROPORTIONAL
EDG-01 CONTROLS
Sub-plate / Instructions / Others
Attachment Applicable Pow er Amplifier
Mounting Bolts For stable performance, it is recommended that Yuken's
Four socket head cap screws in the table below are applicable power amplifiers be used (for details see
included. Catalogue No. Pub. EC-1305).
Descriptions Soc. Hd. Cap Screw Model Numbers: AME-D-10- -20 ∗
Japanese Standard "JIS"
AME-D2-1010- -10 ∗
European Design Standard M5 ×45 Lg. SK1022- - -11 ∗∗
N. Am erican Design Standard No. 10 - 24 UNC ×1-3/4 Lg. SK1015-11 (For DC power supply)
AMN-D-10 (For DC power supply)

Sub-plate
Japanese Standard "JIS" European Design Standard N. Am erican Design Standard Approx.
P iping Size Mass
Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread
Model Num bers Size Model Num bers Size Model Num bers Size kg (lbs.)
1/8 DSGM-01-30 Rc 1/8 DSGM-01-3080 1/8 BSP .F DSGM-01-3090 1/8 NP T 0.8 (1.8)
1/4 DSGM-01X-30 Rc 1/4 DSGM-01X-3080 1/4 BSP .F DSGM-01X-3090 1/4 NP T 0.8 (1.8)
3/8 DSGM-01Y-30 Rc 3/8 DSGM-01Y-3090 3/8 NP T 0.8 (1.8)

Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above. When sub-plates are not used, the
mounting surface should have a good machined finish.

Instructions
Tank-Line Back Pressure Safety Valve Pressure Setting
Check that the tank line back pressure does not exceed 0. The pressure of the safety valve at the maximum flow is

H
2 MPa (29 PSI). preset at the value equal to the upper limit of the pressure
adjustment range plus 2 MPa (290 PSI).
Vent Control
In case where the upper limit of operating pressure is low
When the valve is used for vent control of relief valves or or the upper limit of flow rate to be used is different from
others, use the pipes of 6 mm (.24 in.) ID. 300 mm
the specified maximum flow, please adjust and determine
(11.8 in.) or less length for connection.
the setting pressure of the safety valve at the value
If the pressure is instable, provide a 1 to 1.5 mm (.04 to
calculated from the following formula.
.06 in.) diameter orifice to the vent port of the relief
valves or others.
Setting pressure = (Operating pressure upper limit) +
Circuit Pressure Control (Additional pressure indicated below)
When the pressure in a circuit is directly controlled with
PSI MPa
this valve, set the trapped oil volume being more than 300 2.0
40 cm3 (2.44 cu. in.).
Additional Pressure

225

150 1.0

75

0
0
0 1 2 L/min

0 .25 .50 U.S.GPM


Flow Rate
To lower the setting pressure, turn the safety valve
pressure adjustment screw anti-clockwise. After
adjustment, be sure to tighten the lock nut.

No.5
E Series
Pilot Relief Valves PROPORTIONAL
EDG-01 CONTROLS
Installation Drawing

EDG-01∗ -∗ -1-PNT∗ -51/5190 EDG-01∗ -∗ -PNT∗ -51/5190

With Safety Valve Without Safety Valve

Fully Extended 216(8.50)


5.5(.22) Dia. Through
Fully Extended 9.5(.37) Dia. C'Bore
52 4 Places
(2.05) 79(3.11)
Pressure Adj.
Screw for 40.5 20.5

(.33)
Safety Valve (1.59) (.81)

8.5
(.03)
0.75
3(.12) Hex.Soc.

INC.

(1.22)

(1.28)

(1.89)
32.5
31

48
Lock Nut Pressure Port "P "
10(.39) Hex.
The direction can be altered
to every 90 degree angles. Tank Port "T"
For other dim ensions, refer to the without safety valve.

DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia.. . . 8-10 mm
(.31 - .39 in.)
Connector Conductor Area . . .
(The direction can be altered . . . Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2
to every 90 degree angles.) (.002 sq. in.)
190.5
(7.50)
27.5
39 86.7 26.5
(1.08)
(1.54) (3.41) (1.04)
Air Vent
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places
(2.26)
57.5
(3.72)
94.5

(1.97)
(1.48)
50
37.5
(.98)
25

Manual Pressure Mounting Surface


Adj. Screw (O-Rings Furnished)
INC.
3(.12) Hex.Soc.

No.6
E Series
Sub-plate for Pilot Relief Valves PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Installation Drawing

Sub-plates

DSGM-01∗ -30/3080/3090

40.5(1.59) 14.2
"D " Thd. "E " Deep
(.56) 32
30.2(1.19) 4 Places
(1.26)
21.5(.85) 16
7(.28) Dia. (.63)
12.7(.50) "C " Thd.
4 Places 15

(.30)
4 Places

7.5
0.75

15.5
(.03)

(.61)

(.33)
(.59)
8.5

P
(1.02)

(1.22)

A B
(1.25)

(1.89)

(2.48)
25.8

31.75
(.20)

(1.46)
5.2

31

48

63

37

(.94)
T

24

(.43)
11
7(.28) Dia. Through
71 7 11(.43) Dia. Spotface 12.5
(2.80) (.28) 2 Places (.49)
85 35.5
(3.35) (1.40)
58.5
(2.30)

DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

Sub-plate
Model Num bers "C" Thd.
Thread Size
"D" Thd.
"E"
m m (in.)
H
DSGM-01-30 Rc 1/8
M5 10 (.39)
DSGM-01-3080 1/8 BSP .F
DSGM-01-3090 1/8 NP T No.10-24 UNC 12 (.47)
DSGM-01X-30 Rc 1/4
M5 10 (.39)
DSGM-01X-3080 1/4 BSP .F
DSGM-01X-3090 1/4 NP T No.10-24 UNC 12 (.47)
DSGM-01Y-30 Rc 3/8 M5 10 (.39)
DSGM-01Y-3090 3/8 NP T No.10-24 UNC 12 (.47)

No.7
E SERIES
Pilot Relief Valves PROPORTIONAL
EDG-01 CONTROLS
Typical Performance Characteristics
Step Response (Example) Flow Rate : 2 L/min (.53 U.S. GPM)
These Characteristics have been obtained by measuring on each valve. Trapped Oil Volum e : 40 cm3(2.44 cu. in.)
Therefore, they may vary according to a hydraulic circuit to be used. Viscocity : 30 mm2/s (141 SSU)

PSI MPa EDG-01-B PSI MPa EDG-01-C PSI MPa EDG-01-H


9 20 30
2750 4000
1200
2500 25
1000 7 16
2000 3000
Pressure

Pressure

Pressure
20
800
5 0.2s 12 0.2s 0.2s
600 1500 15
2000
400 3 Step Signal 8 Step Signal 10 Step Signal
1000
200 1000
1 4 5
Time Time Time

Frequency Response Control Pressure vs. Input Current


Frequency (Hz) PSI MPa
3500 2.5
0.1 0.2 0.4 0.7 1 2 4 7 10 20 40 70
0
-20 -10
-40 -20 3000 EDG-01-H
Gain 2.0
-60 -30
Phase (deg.)

-80
2500
-100
Gain (dB)

Phase
-120
Pressure

1.5
-140 2000
-160
-180
1500
1.0
Flow Rate : 2 L/min (.53 U.S. GPM)
P ressure : 7.8 ± 1.6 MPa (1130 ± 230 PSI) EDG-01-C
Trapped Oil Volum e : 30 cm3(1.83 cu. in.) 1000
Viscocity : 30 mm2/s (141 SSU) 0.5
500
Min. Adjustment Pressure
EDG-01-B
Viscosity : 30 mm 2 /s (141 SSU) 0
0
PSI MPa 0 200 400 600 800 1000
Min. Adjustment Pressure

0.3
400 Input Current mA
EDG-01-H
0.25
300
0.2 EDG-01-C
200 0.15
EDG-01-B
0.1
100
0.5
0
0
0 1 2 3 L /min

0 .25 .50 .75 U.S.GPM


Flow Rate

Flow Rate vs. Pressure Viscosity vs. Pressure


Flow Rate :2 L /min (.53 U.S. GPM)
Viscosity : 30 mm 2 /s (141 SSU)
Oil : ISO VG 46 Oil
PSI MPa PSI MPa EDG-01-H
EDG-01-H 24.9
3600 24.5 3000
3400 23.0 3550 24.5
3200 21.5 24.1
EDG-01-C 2350 EDG-01-C
Pressure

16.1
Pressure

2200 15.7
2300 15.7
2000 14.2
12.7 2250
15.3
EDG-01-B EDG-01-B
1000 6.9 1050 7.3
800 5.4 1000 6.9
600 3.9 950 6.5
0 35 40 45 50 55 60 °C
Temperature
0 1 2 L /min
90 100 120 140 °F
70 60 50 40 30 25 20 mm 2 /s
0 .25 .50 U.S.GPM Viscosity
Flow Rate 300 250 200 150 125 100 SSU

No.8
E Series
Pilot Relief Valves PROPORTIONAL
EDG-01 CONTROLS
Spare Parts List and Pilot Valves
Without Safety Valve
EDG-01∗ -∗ -PNT∗ -51/5190 EDG-01-∗ -PNT∗ -5101
EDG-01V-∗ -PNT∗ -5103
12

21 16 20 13 18 3 11 28 1 2 3 4 5 1 17 6

24 2 5 22 15 4 17 6 25 15

With Safety Valve


EDG-01∗ -∗ -1-PNT∗ -51/5190
EDG-01V-∗ -1-P∗ T∗ -5103
1 3 19 10 14 27 26

Pilot Valves

H
2 5 4 9 8 7 The table shows the proportional control valves (main
valves) and corresponding pilot relief valves to be used
List of Seals onto the main valves.
Item Nam e of P arts P art Num bers Qty . Rem arks Main Valve Model Num bers P ilot Valve Model Num bers
14 O-Ring SO-NA-P 6 1 EBG-03-C-51/5190 EDG-01V-C-1-P NT09-51
15 O-Ring SO-NB-P 9 2 EBG-03-H-51/5190 EDG-01V-H-1-P NT09-51
16 O-Ring SO-NB-P 7 1 Included in EBG-03-C-T-51/5190 EDG-01V-C-P NT09-51
17 O-Ring SO-NB-P 14 1 Seal Kit EBG-03-H-T-51/5190 EDG-01V-H-P NT09-51
18 O-Ring SO-NB-P 18 1 Kit No.: EBG-06-C-51/5190 EDG-01V-C-1-P NT10-51
19 O-Ring SO-NB-A013 1 KS-EDG-01-51 EBG-06-H-51/5190 EDG-01V-H-1-P NT10-51
20 O-Ring SO-NB-P 22 1 EBG-06-C-T-51/5190 EDG-01V-C-P NT10-51
21 Fastener Seal SO-FCF-4 1 EBG-06-H-T-51/5190 EDG-01V-H-P NT10-51
Note) O-ring (Item 16, 18, 20) and the fastener seal (Item 21) are EBG-10-C-51/5190 EDG-01V-C-1-P NT11-5103
included in the solenoid assem bly . EBG-10-H-51/5190 EDG-01V-H-1-P NT11-5103
EBG-10-C-T-51/5190 EDG-01V-C-P NT11-5103
Solenoid Ass'y EBG-10-H-T-51/5190 EDG-01V-H-P NT11-5103
ERBG-06-B-51/5190 EDG-01-B-P NTN-5101
Valve Model Num bers 13 Solenoid Ass'y
ERBG-06-C-51/5190 EDG-01-C-P NTN-5101
∗∗ ∗
EDG-01- - -P NT -51/5190 E318-Y06M1-28-61 ERBG-06-H-51/5190 EDG-01-H-P NT15-5101
∗∗ ∗
EDG-01- - -P NT -5101 ERBG-10-B-51/5190 EDG-01-B-P NTN-5101
EDG-01V- ∗ - ∗ -P NT ∗ -51/5190 E318-Y06M1-05-61 ERBG-10-C-51/5190 EDG-01-C-P NTN-5101
EDG-01V- ∗ - ∗ -P ∗ T ∗ -5103 E318-Y06M1-04-61 ERBG-10-H-51/5190 EDG-01-H-P NT15-5101
Note) The connector assem bly GDM-211-B-11 (Item 12) is not EFBG-10-500-C-17/1790 EDG-01V-C-1-P 18T17-5103
included in the solenoid assem bly . EFBG-10-500-H-17/1790 EDG-01V-H-1-P NT13-5103

EFBG-10-500-C- -51/5190 EDG-01V-C-1-P NT12-5103
CAUTION ∗
EFBG-10-500-H- -51/5190 EDG-01V-H-1-P NT12-5103

EFBG-06-500-C- -51/5190 EDG-01V-C-1-P NT11-5103
When making replacement of seals, please do ∗
EFBG-06-500-H- -51/5190 EDG-01V-H-1-P NT11-5103
it carefully after reading through the relevant
instructions in the Operator's Manual.

No.9
E Series
Pilot Relief Valves PROPORTIONAL
EDG-01 CONTROLS
Interchangeability between Current and New

Interchangeability betw een Current and New Design


EDG-01 series valve has changed model from 50 to 51 design in line with the solenoid improvement.

Specifications and Characteristics


No change in specifications and characteristics between current and new design.

Mounting Interchangeability
There is an interchangeability in the mounting dimensions, however, the outside shape and dimensions are changed as
shown below due to solenoid improvement and other modifications.

Current: Design 50 New: Design 51

Air Vent 191.5 190.5


(7.54) Manual Pressure (7.50)
3(.12) Hex. Soc. Adj. Screw
86.6 26.5 86.7 26.5
(3.41) (1.04) 3(.12) Hex.Soc. (3.41) (1.04)
(3.72)

(3.72)
94.5

94.5

Manual Pressure Solenoid Ass'y Fully Solenoid Ass'y Fully


Extended Extended
2 E318-∗ -∗ -60
Adj. Screw 1 E318- - -50
52 Air Vent E318-∗ -∗ -61 52
3(.12) Hex.Soc. ∗∗ (2.05) 3(.12) Hex. Soc. (2.05)
3 Places
Adaptor Fully Extended 217(8.54) Fully Extended 216(8.50)
22(.87) Hex.

The solenoid assem bly current design com es in two ty pes:1 E318-50 design and2 60 design.
See the figure on the left for an external view of ty pe1 . See the figure on the right for ty pe2 .

No.10
E Series
Relief Valves
EBG-03/06/10 (3/8, 3/4, 1-1/4) PROPORTIONAL
Sub-plate Mounting CONTROLS

Specifications / Model Number Designation

Specifications
Model Numbers
EBG-03 EBG-06 EBG-10
Description
Max. Operating Pres.
24.5 (3550) 24.5 (3550) 24.5 (3550)
MPa (PSI)
Max. Flow
100 (26.4) 200 (52.8) 400 (106)
L/min(U.S.GPM)
Min. Flow
3 (.79) 3 (.79) 3 (.79)
L/min(U.S.GPM)

Pressure Adjustment Range


Refer to Model Number Designation
MPa (PSI)

C: 770 mA C:750 mA C: 730 mA


Rated Current
H: 820 mA H:800 mA H: 780 mA
Coil Resistance 10 Ω 10 Ω 10 Ω
Hysteresis Less than 3% Less than 3% Less than 3%
Repeatability Less than 1% Less than 1% Less than 1%
Approx. Mass kg (lbs.) 5.6 (12.3) 6.3 (13.9) 10 (22)

Model Number Designation


H
EB G -03 -C -T -51 ∗
Ty pe of Valve P res. Adj . Range Design Design
Series Num ber Safety Valve
Mounting Size MP a (P SI) Num ber Standards

03 1
None:
EB : G:
C: ∗ - 15.7
( ∗ - 2275)
W ith
Safety Valve
P roportional Sub-plate 06 51 Refer to 2
Electro-Hy draulic 1
T:
Relief Valve
Mounting H: ∗ - 24.5
( ∗ - 3550) W ithout
10 Safety Valve

1. Min. adj ustm ent pressure shall be referred to the curves on page 16.
2. Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS" and European Design Standard
90 ............... N. Am erican Design Standard

Graphic Symbols

W ithout Safety Valve W ith Safety Valve

No.11
E Series
Relief Valves PROPORTIONAL
EBG-03/06/10 CONTROLS
Sub-plate / Instructions / Others
Attachment
Mounting Bolts
Valve Socket Head Cap Screw
Model Num bers Japanese Standard "JIS" & European Design Standard N. Am erican Design Standard Qty .
EBG-03 M12 × 40 Lg. 1/2 - 13 UNC × 1-1/2 Lg. 4
EBG-06 M16 × 50 Lg. 5/8 - 11 UNC × 2 Lg. 4
EBG-10 M20 × 60 Lg. 3/4 - 10 UNC × 2-1/4 Lg. 4

Applicable Pow er Amplifiers


For stable performance, it is recommended that Yuken's applicable power amplifiers be used (for details see
Catalogue No. Pub. EC-1305).
Model Numbers: AME-D-10- -20 ∗ SK1015-11 (For DC power supply)
AME-D2-1010- -10 ∗AMN-D-10 (For DC power supply)
SK1022- - -11 ∗∗
Sub-plate
Valve Japanese Standard "JIS" European Design Standard N. Am erican Design Standard Approx.
Model Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread Mass
Num bers Model Num bers Size Model Num bers Size Model Num bers Size kg (lbs)
BGM-03-20 Rc 3/8 BGM-03-3080 3/8 BSP .F BGM-03-2090 3/8 NP T 2.4 (5.3)
EBG-03
BGM-03X-20 Rc 1/2 BGM-03X-3080 1/2 BSP .F BGM-03X-2090 1/2 NP T 3.1 (6.8)
BGM-06-20 Rc 3/4 BGM-06-3080 3/4 BSP .F BGM-06-2090 3/4 NP T 4.7 (10.4)
EBG-06
BGM-06X-20 Rc 1 BGM-06X-3080 1 BSP .F BGM-06X-2090 1 NP T 5.7 (12.6)
BGM-10-20 Rc 1-1/4 BGM-10-3080 1-1/4 BSP .F BGM-10-2090 1-1/4 NP T 8.4 (18.5)
EBG-10
BGM-10X-20 Rc 1-1/2 BGM-10X-3080 1-1/2 BSP .F BGM-10X-2090 1-1/2 NP T 10.3 (22.7)

Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above. When sub-plates are not used,
the mounting surface should have a good machined finish.

Instructions
Safety Valve
The pressure of the safety valve for EBG-03 is preset at the value equal to the upper limit of the pressure adjustment range
plus 2 MPa (290 PSI) subject to a flow rate of 50 L/min (13.2 U.S.GPM).
The same for EBG-06 is preset at the value equal to the upper limit of the pressure adjustment range plus 3.5 MPa (510
PSI) subject to a flow rate of 100 L/min (26.4 U.S.GPM).
The same for EBG-10 is preset at the value equal to the upper limit of the pressure adjustment range plus 4 MPa (580
PSI) subject to a flow rate of 200 L/min (52.8 U.S.GPM).
In case where the upper limit of operating pressure is low or the upper limit of flow rate to be used is different from the
specified maximum flow, please adjust and determine the setting pressure of the safety valve at the value calculated
from the following formula.
Setting pressure = (Operating pressure upper limit) + (Additional pressure indicated blow)
EBG-03 EBG-06 EBG-10
PSI MPa PSI MPa PSI MPa
3 5 900 6
400 700 800
Additional Pressure

Additional Pressure

600 4 5
Additional Pressure

300 2 3 600 4
400
200
2 3
1 400
100 200
1 2
0 0 200
0 0 1
0 25 50 75 100 L/min 0 50 100 150 200 L/min
0
0
0 100 200 300 400 L/min
0 5 10 15 20 25 U.S.GPM 0 10 20 30 40 50 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate Flow Rate
0 20 40 60 80 100 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate

To lower the setting pressure, turn the safety valve pressure adjustment screw anti-clockwise. After adjustment, be sure
to tighten the lock nut.

No.12
E Series
Relief Valves PROPORTIONAL
EBG-03/06 CONTROLS
Installation Drawing
Mounting Surface
EBG- 03
06-∗ -51/5190
EBG-03 : ISO 6264-AR-06-2-A
EBG-06 : ISO 6264-AS-08-2-A
With Safety Valve
Fully Extended 216(8.50) Lock Nut
10(.39) Hex.
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Pressure Adj. Screw
for Safety Valve
3(.12) Hex.Soc.

INC. EBG- 03
06-∗ -T-51/5190
Without Safety Valve

A "Q" Dia. Through


"S " Dia. Spotface
B C 4 Places
For other dim ensions, refer to the without safety valve. 39
D
(1.54)

J
H

E
F
The direction can be altered
to every 90 degree angles. Tank Port "T"
Pressure Port "P "

H
Connector This port is not used. It is provided
The direction can be altered because of the com m on use of the
to every 90 degree angles. body with the low-noise relief valve.
48 Cable Departure On the sub-plate, plug the port which
(1.89) Cable Applicable: corresponds to this port.
Outside Dia.. . . 8-10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
27.5 Conductor Area
(1.08) . . . Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2
(.002 sq. in.)

Air Vent 3(.12) Hex. Soc.


(2.26)
57.5

3 Places
(7.85)

Manual Pressure
199.5

Adj. Screw
3(.12) Hex.Soc.
(5.12)
130

INC.
K
(.24)

Mounting Surface N
6

(O-Rings Furnished)
L
6 (.24) Dia.
Locating Pin

Dim ensions m m (Inches)


Model Num bers
A B C D E F H J K L N Q S
197.5 117.6 53.8 40.3 76 53.8 26.9 11.1 21.5 106 26.1 13.5 21
EBG-03 (7.78) (4.63) (2.12) (1.59) (2.99) (2.12) (1.06) (.44) (.85) (4.17) (1.03) (.53) (.83)
205.5 119.5 66.7 42.2 98 70 35 14 26 122 36 17.5 26
EBG-06 (8.09) (4.70) (2.63) (1.66) (3.86) (2.76) (1.38) (.55) (1.02) (4.80) (1.42) (.69) (1.02)

No.13
E Series
Relief Valves PROPORTIONAL
EBG-10 CONTROLS
Installation Drawing
Mounting surface:
EBG-10-∗ -51/5190 ISO 6264-AT-10-2-A

With Safety Valve


Fully Extended 216(8.50) Lock Nut DIMENSIONS IN
10(.39) Hex. MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Pressure Adj. Screw
for Safety Valve
3(.12) Hex.Soc.

INC.
EBG-10-∗ -T-51/5190

Without Safety Valve

211(8.31) 21.5(.85) Dia. Through


32(1.26) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
101 88.9
(3.98) (3.50)
For other dim ensions, refer to the without safety valve. 39 23.7

18.7
(.74)
(1.54) (.93)

(1.63)
41.3

(3.25)

(4.72)
82.6

120
The direction can be altered
to every 90 degree angles.
Tank Port "T"

Pressure Port "P "

This port is not used. It is provided


Connector because of the com m on use of the
The direction can be altered
to every 90 degree angles. body with the low-noise relief valve.
Cable Departure On the sub-plate, plug the port which
48 Cable Applicable: corresponds to this port.
(1.89) Outside Dia.. . . 8-10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
27.5 Conductor Area
(1.08) . . . Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2
(.002 sq. in.)

Air Vent
(2.26)
57.5

3(.12) Hex.Soc.
3 Places
235.5(9.27)

Manual Pressure
Adj. Screw
3(.12) Hex.Soc.
166(6.54)

INC.
(1.32)
33.5
(.24)

Mounting Surface 45
6

(O-Rings Furnished) (1.77)


6 (.24) Dia. 155
Locating Pin (6.10)

No.14
E Series
Sub-plate for Relief Valves PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Installation Drawing

BGM-03,03X-20/3080/2090
Sub-plate: BGM-06,06X-20/3080/2090
DIMENSIONS IN
BGM-10,10X-20/3080/2090 MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
A
"d" Dia. Through
"e " Dia. Spotface B C
E
4 Places "h" D "t" Thd. Z
(From Rear) a
4 Places F
J

P 6.2(.24) Dia.
N

T
V
Y
L

X
H
K

Q
U
S
"b" Dia.
2 Places
f
7(.28) Dia. "n" Thd.
10(.39) Deep 2 Places
(From Rear)

Dim ensions m m (Inches)


Model Num bers
A B C D E F H J K L N P Q S
86 26
BGM-03
86 60 13 53.8 3.1 26.9 149 13 123 (3.39) 32 (1.02) 97 53.8
(3.39) (2.36) (.51) (2.12) (.12) (1.06) (5.87) (.51) (4.84) 95 (1.26) 21 (3.82) (2.12)
BGM-03X (3.74) (.83)
106.5 27.2

H
BGM-06 108 78 15 70 4 35 180 15 150 (4.19) 51 (1.07) 121 66.7
BGM-06X (4.25) (3.07) (.59) (2.76) (.16) (1.38) (7.09) (.59) (5.91) 119 (2.01) 18 (4.76) (2.63)
(4.69) (.71)
138.2 30.2
BGM-10 126 94 16 82.6 5.7 41.3 227 16 195 (5.44) 62 (1.19) 154 88.9
BGM-10X (4.96) (3.70) (.63) (3.25) (.22) (1.63) (8.94) (.63) (7.68) 158 (2.44) 17 (6.06) (3.50)
(6.22) (.67)

Dim ensions m m (Inches)


Model Num bers
T U V X Y Z a b d e f
32
BGM-03
19 47.4 0 22 22 (1.26) 20 14.5 11 17.5 19
(.75) (1.87) (0) (.87) (.87) 40 (.79) (.57) (.43) (.69) (.75)
BGM-03X (1.57)
40
BGM-06
37 55.5 23.8 33.4 11 (1.57) 25 23 13.5 21 24
(1.46) (2.19) (.94) (1.31) (.43) 50 (.98) (.91) (.53) (.83) (.94)
BGM-06X (1.97)
50
BGM-10
42 76.2 31.8 44.5 12.7 (1.97) 32 28 17.5 26 31
(1.65) (3.00) (1.25) (1.75) (.50) 63 (1.26) (1.10) (.69) (1.02) (1.22)
BGM-10X (2.48)

Japanese Standard "JIS" European Design Standard N. Am erican Design Standard


Model Design "20" Design "3080" Design "2090"
Num bers
"h" "n" Thd. "t" Thd. "h" "n" Thd. "t" Thd. "h" "n" Thd. "t" Thd.
BGM-03 M12 Thd. Rc 3/8 M12 Thd. 3/8 BSP .F 1/2-13UNC Thd. 3/8 NP T
BGM-03X 20(.79) Deep Rc 1/2 20(.79) Deep 1/2 BSP .F 22(.87) Deep 1/2 NP T
BGM-06 M16 Thd. Rc 3/4 M16 Thd. 3/4 BSP . F 3/4 NP T
Rc 1/4 1/4 BSP .F 5/8-11UNC Thd. 1/4 NP T
BGM-06X 25(.98) Deep Rc 1 25(.98) Deep 1 BSP .F 27(1.06) Deep 1 NP T
BGM-10 M20 Thd. Rc1-1/4 M20 Thd. 1-1/4 BSP .F 3/4-10UNC Thd. 1-1/4 NP T
BGM-10X 28(1.10) Deep Rc 1-1/2 28(1.10) Deep 1-1/2 BSP .F 28(1.10) Deep 1-1/2 NP T

No.15
E SERIES
Relief Valves PROPORTIONAL
EBG-03/0610 CONTROLS
Typical Performance Characteristics
Min. Adjustment Pressure
Viscosity : 30 mm2/s (141 SSU)

EBG-03 EBG-06 EBG-10


PSI MPa PSI MPa PSI MPa
2.0 2.0 2.0
275 275 275
250 250 250
Min. Adjustment Pressure

Min. Adjustment Pressure

Min. Adjustment Pressure


1.6 1.6 1.6
200 200 200
1.2 1.2 1.2
150 150 150
0.8 0.8 0.8
100 100 100

50 0.4 50 0.4 50 0.4

0 0 0 0
0 0
0 25 50 75 100 0 50 100 150 200 0 100 200 300 400
L /min L /min L /min

0 5 10 15 20 25 0 10 20 30 40 50 0 20 40 60 80 100
U.S.GPM U.S.GPM U.S.GPM
Flow Rate Flow Rate Flow Rate

Step Response (Example)


These Characteristics have been obtained by measuring on each valve. Trapped Oil Volum e : 1 L (.264 U.S. Gallons)
Therefore, they may vary according to a hydraulic circuit to be used. Viscosity : 30 mm2/s (141 SSU)

PSI MPa EBG-03-C PSI MPa


EBG-03-H
20 30
2750
4000
2500
16 25
Pressure

Pressure

2000 3000 20
12 0.2s 0.2s
1500 15
2000
8 Step Signal Step Signal
1000 10
1000
4 5
Time Time
(Flow Rate : 100 L /min, 26.4 U.S.GPM) (Flow Rate : 100 L /min, 26.4 U.S.GPM)

EBG-06-C
PSI MPa
20 PSI MPa EBG-06-H
2750 30
2500 4000
16 25
2000
Pressure

3000
Pressure

20
12 0.2s 0.2s
1500 2000 15
8 Step Signal 10 Step Signal
1000
1000
4 5
Time Time
(Flow Rate : 200 L /min, 52.8 U.S.GPM) (Flow Rate : 200 L /min, 52.8 U.S.GPM)

PSI MPa EBG-10-C EBG-10-H


20 PSI MPa
2750 30
2500 4000
16 25
Pressure

2000
Pressure

3000 20
12 0.2s 0.2s
1500 15
2000
Step Signal Step Signal
1000 8 10
1000
5
4 Time
Time
(Flow Rate : 400 L /min, 106 U.S.GPM) (Flow Rate : 400 L /min, 106 U.S.GPM)

No.16
E SERIES
Relief Valves PROPORTIONAL
EBG-03/06/10 CONTROLS
Typical Performance Characteristics

Input Current vs. Pressure Frequency Response


Trapped Oil Volum e : 1 L (.264 U.S. Gallons)
EBG-03 Viscocity : 30 mm2/s (141 SSU)
PSI MPa
25 EBG-03
3500
Frequency (Hz)

3000 0.2 0.4 0.7 1 2 4 7 10 20 40


20 0
EBG-03-H -20 -10
2500 -40 -20
Gain
-60 -30

Phase (deg.)
15
Pressure

-80

Gain (dB)
2000 Phase
-100
-120
1500 10 -140
-160
1000 EBG-03-C -180
5
P ressure : 7.8 ± 1.6 MPa
500 (1130 ± 230 PSI)
Flow Rate : 100 L/min
0 (26.4 U.S.GPM)
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000
Input Current mA

EBG-06
PSI MPa
25 EBG-06
3500
Frequency (Hz)
0.2 0.4 0.71 2 4 7 10 20 40
3500 0
20

H
EBG-06-H -20 -10
2500 -40 -20
-60 -30
Phase (deg.)

15 Gain
Pressure

-80
Gain (dB)

2000
Phase
-100
-120
1500 10
-140
-160
1000
EBG-06-C -180
5
500 P ressure : 7.8 ± 1.6 MPa
(1130 ± 230 PSI)
0 Flow Rate : 200 L/min
0 (52.8 U.S.GPM)
0 200 400 600 800 1000
Input Current mA

EBG-10
PSI MPa
25 EBG-10
3500
Frequency (Hz)
3500 0.2 0.4 0.7 1 2 4 7 10 20
20 0
EBG-10-H -20 -10
2500
-40 -20
15 -60 -30 Gain
Phase (deg.)
Pressure

2000 -80
Gain (dB)

Phase
-100
1500 10 -120
-140
1000 -160
EBG-10-C -180
5
500 P ressure : 7.8 ± 1.6MPa
(1130 ± 230 PSI)
0 Flow Rate : 400 L/min
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 (106 U.S.GPM)
Input Current mA

No.17
E SERIES
Relief Valves PROPORTIONAL
EBG-03/06/10 CONTROLS
Typical Performance Characteristics
Viscosity vs. Pressure Flow Rate vs. Pressure
Oil : ISO VG 46 Oil Viscosity : 30 mm2/s (141 SSU)

EBG-03
Flow Rate : 100 L /min
(26.4 U.S.GPM)
PSI MPa
EBG-03-H
24.9 EBG-03
3600
24.5 PSI MPa
24.1 3600 24.5
Pressure

3500 EBG-03-C
2350 16.1 3450 23.5

Pressure
2300 3300 22.5
15.7
2250 2300 15.7
15.3 2150 14.7
30 35 40 45 50 55 60 °C 2000 13.7
Temperature
0 25 50 75 100 L /min
90 100 120 140 °F
70 60 50 40 30 25 20 mm 2 /s
Viscosity 0 5 10 15 20 25 U.S.GPM
300 250 200 150 125 100 SSU Flow Rate

EBG-06
Flow Rate : 200 L /min
(52.8 U.S.GPM)
PSI MPa EBG-06
EBG-06-H
24.9
3600
24.5 PSI MPa
24.1 3600
Pressure

3500 24.5
EBG-06-C 3400 23.0
2350 16.1
Pressure

2300 3200 21.5


15.7
2250 2300 15.7
15.3 2150 14.7
30 35 40 45 50 55 60 °C 2000 13.7
Temperature
0 50 100 150 200 L /min
90 100 120 140 °F
2
70 60 50 40 30 25 20 mm /s
Viscosity 0 10 20 30 40 50 U.S.GPM
300 250 200 150 125 100 SSU Flow Rate

EBG-10
Flow Rate : 400 L /min
(106 U.S.GPM)
PSI MPa EBG-10-H EBG-10
24.9
3600
24.5 PSI MPa
24.1 3500
Pressure

3500 EBG-10-C 24.5


2350 16.1 3250 22.5
Pressure

2300 3000 20.5


15.7
2250 2250 15.7
15.3 2000 13.7
30 35 40 45 50 55 60 °C 1750 11.7
Temperature
0 100 200 300 400 L /min
90 100 120 140 °F
2
70 60 50 40 30 25 20 mm /s
Viscosity 0 20 50 75 100 U.S.GPM
300 250 200 150 125 100 SSU Flow Rate

No.18
E Series
Relief Valves PROPORTIONAL
EBG-03/06/10 CONTROLS
Spare Parts List

03
EBG- 06-∗ -∗ -51/5190
10

17 9 23 19 10

Pilot Valve
18
Valve Model Num bers 10 P ilot Valve Model Num bers
2 EBG-03-C-51/5190 EDG-01V-C-1-P NT09-51
11 EBG-03-H-51/5190 EDG-01V-H-1-P NT09-51
EBG-03-C-T-51/5190 EDG-01V-C-P NT09-51
19 22 EBG-03-H-T-51/5190 EDG-01V-H-P NT09-51
EBG-06-C-51/5190 EDG-01V-C-1-P NT10-51
14 7
EBG-06-H-51/5190 EDG-01V-H-1-P NT10-51
12 6 EBG-06-C-T-51/5190 EDG-01V-C-P NT10-51
EBG-06-H-T-51/5190 EDG-01V-H-P NT10-51
5 4 EBG-10-C-51/5190 EDG-01V-C-1-P NT11-5103

1 15 EBG-10-H-51/5190 EDG-01V-H-1-P NT11-5103


EBG-10-C-T-51/5190 EDG-01V-C-P NT11-5103
13 8 21 3 16 EBG-10-H-T-51/5190 EDG-01V-H-P NT11-5103
Note: For the details of pilot valves, refer to "P ilot Relief Valves"
on page 9.

List of Seals

H
P art Num bers
Item Nam e of P arts Qty .
EBG-03 EBG-06 EBG-10
11 O-Ring SO-NB-P 32 SO-NB-P 32 SO-NB-P 42 1
12 O-Ring SO-NB-P 28 SO-NB-P 28 SO-NB-P 28 1
13 O-Ring SO-NB-P 9 SO-NB-P 11 SO-NB-P 9 1
14 O-Ring SO-NB-P 9 SO-NB-P 9 SO-NB-P 9 2
15 O-Ring SO-NB-A024 SO-NB-A024 SO-NB-A128 1
16 O-Ring SO-NB-P 18 SO-NB-P 28 SO-NB-P 32 2
Note) W hen ordering seals, please specify the seal kit num ber from the table below.
In addition to the above O-rings, O-rings for pilot valve are included in the seal
kit.
For the details of the pilot valve seals, see page 9.

List of Seal Kit


CAUTION
Model Num bers Seal Kit Num bers
EBG-03 KS-EBG-03-51 When making replacement of seals, please do
EBG-06 KS-EBG-06-51 it carefully after reading through the relevant
EBG-10 KS-EBG-10-51 instructions in the Operator's Manual.

No.19
E Series
Relief Valves PROPORTIONAL
EBG-03/06/10 CONTROLS
Interchangeability between Current and New

Interchangeability betw een Current and New Design


EBG-03/06/10 series valves have changed model from 50 to 51 design in line with the model change of pilot valve
(EDG-01).

Specifications and Characteristics


No change in specifications and characteristics between current and new design.
Mounting Interchangeability
There is an interchangeability in the mounting dimensions, however, the outside shape and dimensions are changed as
shown below due to pilot valve improvement and other modifications.

Current: Design 50 New: Design 51

Fully Extended A Fully Extended A

B B
C C

Manual Pressure Manual Pressure


Adj. Screw Adj. Screw
3(.12) Hex.Soc. 3(.12) Hex.Soc.

Adaptor 22(.87) Hex.


Air Vent
Air Vent
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
3(.12) Hex. Soc. 3 Places
Pilot Valve Pilot Valve
EDG-01V, 50 ∗ Design EDG-01V, 51 ∗ Design

Manual Pressure Manual Pressure


Adj. Screw Adj. Screw
for Safety Valve for Safety Valve
3(.12) Hex.Soc. 3(.12) Hex.Soc.
D

D
E

See EDG-01 (page 9) for See EDG-01 (page 9) for


details of the solenoid ass'y details of the solenoid ass'y

Model Num bers A B C D E DIMENSIONS IN


217 118.6 40.2 MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
∗∗
Current EBG-03- - -50/5090 (8.54) (4.67) (1.58) 199.5 130
216 117.6 40.3 (7.85) (5.12)
New ∗∗
EBG-03- - -51/5190 (8.50) (4.63) (1.59)
217 120.5 42.1
∗∗
Current EBG-06- - -50/5090 (8.54) (4.74) (1.66) 199.5 130
216 119.5 42.2 (7.85) (5.12)
New ∗∗
EBG-06- - -51/5190 (8.50) (4.70) (1.66)
217 102 23.6
∗∗
Current EBG-10- - -50/5090 (8.54) (4.02) (.93) 235.5 166
216 101 23.7 (9.27) (6.54)
New ∗∗
EBG-10- - -51/5190 (8.50) (3.98) (.93)

No.20
E Series
Reducing & Relieving Valves
ERBG-06/10 (3/4, 1-1/4) PROPORTIONAL
Sub-plate Mounting CONTROLS

Specifications / Model Number Designation

Specifications
Model Numbers
ERBG-06 ERBG-10
Description
Max. Operating Pres.
24.5 (3550) 24.5 (3550)
MPa (PSI)

Max. Flow
100 (26.4) 250 (66)
L/min(U.S.GPM)

Max. Relieving Flow


35 (9.24) 15 (3.96)
L/min(U.S.GPM)

Secondary Pres. Adj. Range


Refer to Model Number Designation
MPa (PSI)

B: 800 mA B: 800 mA
Rated Current C: 800 mA C: 800 mA
H: 950 mA H: 950 mA
Coil Resistance 10 Ω 10 Ω
Hysteresis Less than 3% Less than 3%
Repeatability Less than 1% Less than 1%
Approx. Mass kg (lbs.) 12 (26.5) 13.5 (29.8)
The values shown are those obtained where the differential pressure between the

H
secondary pressure port and tank port is 13.7 MP a (2000 P SI).

Graphic Symbol

Model Number Designation


ERB G -06 -C -51 ∗
Ty pe of Valve Secondary P res. Adj . Range Design Design
Series Num ber Mounting Size MP a (P SI) Num ber Standards
B: 0.8 - 6.9 (115 - 1000)
ERB : 06 C: 1.2 - 13.7 (175 - 2000)
P roportional G: H: 1.5 - 20.6 (220 - 3000)
Electro-Hy draulic Sub-plate 51 Refer to
Reducing and Mounting B: 0.9 - 6.9 (130 - 1000)
Relieving Valve 10 C: 1.2 - 13.7 (175 - 2000)
H: 1.5 - 20.6 (220 - 3000)
Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS" and European Design Standard
90 ............... N. Am erican Design Standard

No.21
E Series
Reducing & Relieving Valves PROPORTIONAL
ERBG-06/10 CONTROLS
Sub-plate / Instructions / Others
Attachment
Mounting Bolts
Valve Socket Head Cap Screw
Model Num bers Japanese Standard "JIS" & European Design Standard N. Am erican Design Standard Qty .
ERBG-06 M10 × 70 Lg. 3/8 - 16 UNC × 2-3/4 Lg. 4
ERBG-10 M10 × 70 Lg. 3/8 - 16 UNC × 2-3/4 Lg. 6

Applicable Pow er Amplifier


For stable performance, it is recommended that Yuken's applicable power amplifiers be used (for details see
Catalogue No. Pub. EC-1305).
Model Numbers: AME-D-10- -20 ∗
AME-D2-1010- -10 ∗
SK1022- - -11 ∗∗
SK1015-11 (For DC power supply)
AMN-D-10 (For DC power supply)

Sub-plate
Valve Japanese Standard "JIS" European Design Standard N. Am erican Design Standard Approx.
Model Mass
Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread
Num bers Model Num bers Size Model Num bers Size Model Num bers Size kg (lbs.)
ERBG-06 ERBGM-06-20 Rc 3/4 ERBGM-06-2080 3/4 BSP .F ERBGM-06-2090 3/4 NP T 3.0 (6.6)
ERBG-10 ERBGM-10-10 Rc 1-1/4 ERBGM-10-1080 1-1/4 BSP .F ERBGM-10-1090 1-1/4 NP T 6.5 (14.3)

Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above. When sub-plates are not used, the
mounting surface should have a good machined finish.

Instructions
Primary Pressure Required for Preselected Pressure
The primary pressure must be 1 MPa (145 PSI) higher than the preselected pressure.

Drain Back Pressure


Check that the drain back pressure does not exceed 0.2 MPa (29 PSI).

Trapped Oil Volume


The recommended secondary side trapped oil volume is about 20 liters (5.28 U.S.Gallons). Note that the trapped oil
volume must not be lower than 1.4 liters (.37 U.S.Gallons).

No.22
E Series
Reducing & Relieving Valves PROPORTIONAL
ERBG-06 CONTROLS
Installation Drawing

Sub-plate:
ERBGM-06-20/2080/2090
130(5.12)
"E " Thd. 30.7 77.3(3.04)
20(.79) Deep (1.21) 60.3(2.37)
4 Places
49.2(1.94)
8.8(.35) Dia. Through
14(.55) Dia. Spotface 44.5(1.75)
4 Places
DIMENSIONS IN
20.6(.81)
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
(.44)
11.3

11.1 (.98)
(.44)
25
(1.56)
39.7

ERBG-06-∗ -51/5190
(2.87)
(4.02)

(3.13)
102

79.4

73

10(.39) Dia.
The direction can be alterd
"C " Thd. to every 90 degree angles.
(From Rear)
"B " Thd. 20.7
(.81) 213.5(8.41)
2 Places 7(.28) Dia.
(From Rear) 27.9
(1.10) 10(.39) Deep 75.2 60.3 Tank Port "T"
(.08)

(.48)
16 12.3 (2.96) (2.37)
2

18(.71) Dia. (.63) 104(4.09) 5(.20) Dia.


2 Places
136(5.35)
"D " Thd.
45(1.77)
15(.59)
16(.63)

(From Rear)
104(4.09)

(3.13)
79.4

Secondary Pressure
Primary Pressure Port "P " Drain Port "A "

H
Thread Size Port "DR "
Sub-plate 11(.43) Dia. Through
Model Num bers "B" Thd. "C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd. 17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
ERBGM-06-20 Rc 3/4 Rc 3/8 Rc 1/4
M10
ERBGM-06-2080 3/4 BSP .F 3/8 BSP .F 1/4 BSP .F
ERBGM-06-2090 3/4 NP T 3/8 NP T 1/4 NP T 3/8-16 UNC

Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Connector Outside Dia.. . . 8-10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
The direction can be altered Conductor Area
to every 90 degree angles. . . . Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2 (.002 sq. in.)

48
(1.89)
39 136.5
27.5
(1.54) (5.37)
(1.08)
Air Vent
3(.12) Hex. Soc. Manual Pressure
3 Places Adj. Screw
(2.26)

3(.12) Hex.Soc.
57.5

INC.
184.5(7.26)

(4.53)
115

(3.54)
90
(2.24)

(2.20)
57

56

69.7
(.24)

6 (.24) Dia. (2.74)


6

Locating Pin 208


(8.19)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)

No.23
E Series
Reducing & Relieving Valves PROPORTIONAL
ERBG-10 CONTROLS
Installation Drawing
Sub-plate:
ERBGM-10-10/1080/1090

101.5(4.00)
"E " Thd. 84.1(3.31)
20(.79) Deep 67.5(2.66)
6 Places "C " Thd.
62.7(2.47) (From Rear)
11(.43) Dia. Through 42.1(1.66)
17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface 14(.55) Dia.
4 Places 24.6
(.97)

(.47)
16.7

12
(.38)
(.46)
11.6

9.6
DIMENSIONS IN
(.98)

(.66)
25

MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
(1.91)
48.4
120(4.72)

116(4.57)

140(5.51)
(3.81)

(3.66)

(1.06)
96.8

92.9

27

ERBG-10-∗ -51/5190
The direction can be alterd
to every 90 degree angles.
21 "B " Thd.
(.83) 2 Places 234.5(9.23)
30(1.18) (From Rear)
"D " Thd. 63.5 84.1
(From Rear) 96 28(1.10) Dia. (2.50) (3.31)
(3.78) 2 Places Tank Port "T"
(.44)
11.1
42.1
12 (1.66)
126(4.96) 7(.28) Dia.
(.47)
150(5.91) 10(.39) Deep

5(.20) Dia.
119(4.69)

(3.81)
96.8
55(2.17)
19(.75)
20(.79)

Secondary
Pressure Port "A "
(.08)
2

Drain Port "DR "


Sub-plate Thread Size 11(.43) Dia.
Model Num bers Primary
"B" Thd. "C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd. Through
Pressure Port "P "
17.5(.69) Dia.
ERBGM-10-10 Rc 1-1/4 Rc 3/8 Rc 1/4 Spotface
M10
ERBGM-10-1080 1-1/4 BSP .F 3/8 BSP .F 1/4 BSP .F 6 Places
ERBGM-10-1090 1-1/4 NP T 3/8 NP T 1/4 NP T 3/8-16 UNC

Connector Cable Departure


The direction can be altered Cable Applicable:
to every 90 degree angles. Outside Dia.. . . 8-10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area
. . . Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2 (.002 sq. in.)
48
(1.89)
27.5 39 158
(1.08) (1.54) (6.22)
Air Vent Manual Pressure
3(.12) Hex. Soc. Adj. Screw
(2.26)

3 Places 3(.12) Hex.Soc.


57.5

INC.
186.5(7.34)

(4.61)
117

(3.62)
92
(2.20)

(2.17)
56

55

62
(.24)

6 (.24) Dia. (2.44)


6

Locating Pin 233


(9.17)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)

No.24
E SERIES
Reducing & Relieving Valves PROPORTIONAL
ERBG-06/10 CONTROLS
Typical Performance Characteristics

Step Response (Example)


The following step response characteristics are taken when the trapped oil volume is 20 liters (5.28 U.S.Gallons).
The step response varies by trapped oil volume.

P rim ary P ressure : 24.5 MPa (3550 PSI)


Trapped Oil Volum e : 20 L (5.28 U.S.Gallons)
Viscocity : 30 mm2/s (141 SSU)

ERBG-06-B ERBG-10-B
PSI MPa PSI MPa
8.8 1400 9.8
1200
7.8
1200 7.8
1000
Secondary Pressure

Secondary Pressure
1000
5.9
800 5.9
0.1s 800
0.1s
600 3.9 600 3.9
400 400
2.0 Step Signal 2.0 Step Signal
200 200
0 0
0 0
Time Time

ERBG-06-C ERBG-10-C
PSI MPa PSI MPa
21.6 19.6
3000 2750
19.6 2500

H
2500 15.7
Secondary Pressure

15.7
Secondary Pressure

2000
2000
11.8
11.8 1500
1500 0.1s
0.1s
7.8
7.8 1000
1000
Step Signal 3.9 Step Signal
500 3.9 500

0 0
0 0
Time Time

ERBG-06-H ERBG-10-H
PSI MPa PSI MPa
3500 23.5 4000 27.5

3000 3500 23.5


19.6
3000
Secondary Pressure

2500 19.6
Secondary Pressure

15.7 2500
2000 0.1s 15.7
2000 0.1s
11.8
1500 11.8
1500
7.8
1000 7.8
1000 Step Signal
Step Signal
500 3.9 3.9
500
0 0
0 0
Time
Time

No.25
E SERIES
Reducing & Relieving Valves PROPORTIONAL
ERBG-06/10 CONTROLS
Typical Performance Characteristics
Input Current vs. Secondary Pressure
P rim ary P ressure: 24.5 MPa (3550 PSI)
Viscocity : 30 mm2/s (141 SSU)
ERBG-06 ERBG-10
PSI MPa PSI MPa
3000 21.0 3000 21.0

2500 17.5 2500 17.5


ERBG-10-H
ERBG-06-H
Secondary Pressure

Secondary Pressure
2000 14.0 2000 14.0

1500 10.5 1500 10.5


ERBG-06-C ERBG-10-C
1000 7.0 1000 7.0

ERBG-06-B
500 3.5 500 3.5
ERBG-10-B
0 0
0 0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 0 200 400 600 800 1000
Input Current mA Input Current mA

Frequency Response
P rim ary P ressure : 24.5 MPa (3550 PSI)
Trapped Oil Volum e: 20 L (5.28 U.S.Gallons)
Viscocity : 30 mm2/s (141 SSU)
ERBG-06-B ERBG-10-B
Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz)
10 0.1 0.2 0.4 0.7 1 2 4 7 10 10 0.1 0.2 0.4 0.7 1 2 4 7 10
0 0 0 0
-20 -10 -20 -10
-40 -20 -40 -20
Gain Gain
Phase (deg.)

Phase (deg.)

-60 -60
Gain (dB)

Gain (dB)

-80 -80
Phase
-100 -100 Phase
-120 -120
-140 Secondary Pressure -140 Secondary Pressure
-160 4.9 ± 1.5 MPa -160 4.9 ± 1.5 MPa
(710 ± 215 (710 ± 215
-180 -180

ERBG-06-C ERBG-10-C
Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz)
10 10 0.1 0.2 0.4 0.7 1 2 4 7 10
0.1 0.2 0.4 0.7 1 2 4 7 10
0 0 0 0
-20 -10 -20 -10
-40 -20 -40 -20
Gain Gain
Phase (deg.)
Phase (deg.)

-60 -60
Gain (dB)
Gain (dB)

-80 -80
-100 Phase -100
Phase
-120 -120
Secondary Pressure Secondary Pressure
-140 -140
10.8 ± 2.9 MPa 10.8 ± 2.9 MPa
-160 (1565 ± 420 -160 (1565 ± 420
-180 -180

ERBG-06-H ERBG-10-H
Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz)
10 10
0.1 0.2 0.4 0.7 1 2 4 7 10 0.1 0.2 0.4 0.7 1 2 4 7 10
0 0 0 0
-20 -10 -20 -10
-40 -20 -40 -20
Phase (deg.)

Gain
Phase (deg.)

-60 -60 Gain


Gain (dB)

Gain (dB)

-80 -80
Phase -100
-100
Phase
-120 -120
Secondary Pressure Secondary Pressure
-140 -140
16.7 ± 3.9 MPa 16.7 ± 3.9 MPa
-160 (2420 ± 565 -160 (2420 ± 565
-180 -180

No.26
E SERIES
Reducing & Relieving Valves PROPORTIONAL
ERBG-06/10 CONTROLS
Typical Performance Characteristics

Flow Rate vs. Secondary Pressure


Viscosity : 30 mm2/s (141 SSU)

ERBG-06-B ERBG-10-B
PSI MPa PSI MPa
1000 6.9 1000 6.9
6.4 800 5.9
900

Secondary Press.
5.9 4.9
Secondary Pressure

700 4.9 600 3.9


4.4 400 2.9
600 3.9 1.9
500 3.4 2.0
2.9 200 1.0
400 0 0
2.4
1.0
100 0.5 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 L /min
0 0

0 20 40 60 80 100 L /min 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 65 U.S.GPM


Flow Rate
0 5 10 15 20 25 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate

ERBG-06-C ERBG-10-C
PSI MPa PSI MPa
Secondary Press.

2000 13.7 1600 10.8


1900 13.2 1400 9.8
12.7 8.8
Secondary Pressure

1400 9.8 5.9


800
1300 9.3 4.9
8.8 600 3.9

H
1000 6.9 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 L /min
900 6.4
5.9
600 3.9 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 65 U.S.GPM
500 3.4 Flow Rate
400 2.9
0 20 40 60 80 100 L /min

0 5 10 15 20 25 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate

ERBG-06-H ERBG-10-H
PSI MPa PSI MPa
3000 20.6 3200 21.6
19.6 2800 19.6
2800 17.6
18.6
Secondary Pressure

Secondary Pressure

2000 13.7 2400 16.7


12.7 2000 14.7
1800 12.7
11.7
1400 9.8 1600 11.8
9.8
1200 8.8 1200 7.8
7.8
1000 6.9 1000 6.9
6.4 800 4.9
900 2.9
5.9

0 20 40 60 80 100 L /min 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 L /min

0 5 10 15 20 25 U.S.GPM 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 65 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate Flow Rate

No.27
E SERIES
Reducing & Relieving Valves PROPORTIONAL
ERBG-06/10 CONTROLS
Typical Performance Characteristics

Viscosity vs. Secondary Pressure

ERBG-06-B ERBG-10-B
Oil: ISO VG 32 Oil Oil: ISO VG 56 Oil
PSI MPa PSI MPa
1025 7.1 1050 7.4

Secondary Pressure
1000 6.9 1000 6.9
Secondary Pressure

975 950 6.4


6.6

525 3.7 550 3.9


500 3.5 500 3.4
475 450 2.9
3.2
20 30 40 50 60 70 °C
20 30 40 50 60 °C Tem perature
Tem perature
70 80 100 120 140 160 °F
70 80 100 120 140 °F 150 100 75 60 50 40 30 25 20
2
mm /s
2
70 50 40 30 20 15 mm /s Viscosity
Viscosity
500 300 200 150 100 SSU
300 200 150 100 90 80 SSU

ERBG-06-C ERBG-10-C
Oil: ISO VG 56 Oil Oil: ISO VG 56 Oil
PSI MPa PSI MPa
2000 13.7 2000 13.7
Secondary Pressure

Secondary Pressure

13.2 1900 13.2


1900
12.7 12.7

1050 7.4 1050 7.4


1000 6.9 1000 6.9
950 6.4 950 6.4
10 20 30 40 50 60 °C 20 30 40 50 60 70 °C
Tem perature Tem perature
50 60 80 100 120 140 °F2 70 80 100 120 140 160 °F
150 100 75 60 50 40 30 25 20 mm 2 /s
300 200 100 75 60 50 40 30 25 mm /s
Viscosity Viscosity
1000 500 300 200 150 SSU 500 300 200 150 100 SSU

ERBG-06-H ERBG-10-H
Oil: ISO VG 56 Oil Oil: ISO VG 56 Oil
PSI MPa PSI MPa
3000 20.6 3000 20.6
Secondary Pressure

Secondary Pressure

19.6 2800 19.6


2800
18.6 18.6

1600 10.8 1600 10.8


1400 9.8 1400 9.8
8.8 8.8

10 20 30 40 50 60 °C 20 30 40 50 60 70 °C
Tem perature
Tem perature 70 80 100 120 140 160 °F
50 60 80 100 120 140 °F2 2
300 200 100 75 60 50 40 30 25 mm /s 150 100 75 60 50 40 30 25 20 mm /s
Viscosity Viscosity
1000 500 300 200 150 SSU 500 300 200 150 100 SSU

No.28
E Series
Reducing & Relieving Valves PROPORTIONAL
ERBG-06/10 CONTROLS
Spare Parts List

Spare Parts List

ERBG- 06-∗ -51/5190


10

13
11
16

3 5 8 4 1 17 11 6 18 9 14 10 2 15 12

H
List of Seals Pilot Valve
P art Num bers Valve Model No. 7 P ilot Valve Model Num bers
Item Nam e of P arts Qty .
ERBG-06 ERBG-10 ERBG-06-B-51/5190 EDG-01-B-P NTN-5101
8 O-Ring SO-NB-G30 SO-NB-P 36 2 ERBG-06-C-51/5190 EDG-01-C-P NTN-5101
9 O-Ring SO-NB-P 28 SO-NB-P 32 2 ERBG-06-H-51/5190 EDG-01-H-P NT15-5101
10 O-Ring SO-NB-P 14 SO-NB-P 18 1 ERBG-10-B-51/5190 EDG-01-B-P NTN-5101
11 O-Ring SO-NB-P 9 SO-NB-P 9 3 ERBG-10-C-51/5190 EDG-01-C-P NTN-5101
Note) W hen ordering seals, please specify the seal kit num ber from ERBG-10-H-51/5190 EDG-01-H-P NT15-5101
the table right. In addition to the above O-rings, O-rings for pilot Note: For the details of pilot valves, refer to "P ilot Relief Valves"
valve are included in the seal kit. on page 9.
For the details of the pilot valve seals, see page 9.

List of Seal Kits


CAUTION
Model Num bers Seal Kit Num bers
ERBG-06 KS-ERBG-06-51 When making replacement of seals, please do
ERBG-10 KS-ERBG-10-51 it carefully after reading through the relevant
instructions in the Operator's Manual.

No.29
E Series
Reducing & Relieving Valves PROPORTIONAL
ERBG-06/10 CONTROLS
Interchangeability between Current and New

Interchangeability betw een Current and New Design


ERBG-06/10 series valves have changed model from 50 to 51 design in line with the model change of pilot valve
(EDG-01).

Specifications and Characteristics


No change in specifications and characteristics between current and new design.
Mounting Interchangeability
There is an interchangeability in the mounting dimensions, however, the outside shape and dimensions are changed as
shown below due to pilot valve improvement and other modifications.

Current: Design 50 New: Design 51

See EDG-01 (page 8)


for details about the Pilot Valve See EDG-01 (page 8) Pilot Valve
solenoid ass'y EDG-01, 5001 Design for details about the EDG-01, 5101 Design
solenoid ass'y
Air Vent A A
3(.12) Hex. Soc. Manual Pressure
B B
Adaptor Adj. Screw
22(.87) Hex. 3(.12) Hex.Soc.
Air Vent
Manual Pressure
Adj. Screw 3(.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places
3(.12) Hex.Soc.
C

Model Num bers A B C DIMENSIONS IN



Current ERBG-06- -50/5090
214.5 136.5 115 MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
(8.44) (5.37) (4.53)
213.5 136.5 115
New ∗
ERBG-06- -51/5190 (8.41) (5.37) (4.53)
235.5 158 117

Current ERBG-10- -50/5090 (9.27) (6.22) (4.61)
234.5 158 117
New ∗
ERBG-10- -51/5190 (9.23) (6.22) (4.61)

No.30
Pub. EC-1303
E SERIES
PROPORTIONAL FLOW CONTROLS
PROPORTIONAL
Flow Control / Flow Control and Check / CONTROLS
Flow Control and Relief
General Information
Up to 24.5 M Pa (3550 PSI), 500 L /m in (132 U.S.GPM )

Flow Control / Flow Control and Check Valves


These valves vary their output flow proportionally to an input current, therefore, by controlling the input current
from the power amplifier, the flow rate in the system can be continuously, remotely and optionally regulated.
Furthermore, as the valves have the functions of pressure and temperature compensation, the flow rate is not affected
by the variation in the pressure (load) and temperature (viscosity of hydraulic fluids).
These valves are optimal for such a usage where the start-up, stop and speed change of the actuator are required to be
done without shocks. The valves are used together with the applicable power amplifiers.

40Ω Series .............................................. 10Ω Series .............................................Page


Page
A direct-acting model designed to control the 4 throttle 14hydraulic pilot amplification model is employed,
A
with a high-power solenoid is employed, providing a achieving a small hysteresis with a small solenoid.
high strength against contamination in oil and an out-
standing reliability.

O O
M M

H
Flow Control and Relief Valves
These valves control the pump pressure effectively by responding to a small pressure difference against the load
pressure. Therefore, it can be said that they are energy-saving metre-in type flow control valves which can be operated
at a low power consumption. Furthermore, as the valves have temperature compensator, the stable control of the flow
rate is possible irrespective of change in the oil temperature.

40Ω - 10Ω Series ...... Page 10Ω - 10Ω Series ...... Page High Flow Series ....... Page
22 flow control, a direct-acting
For 33
For flow control, a hydraulic pilot 44
Parts have been improved, doubling
model using a high-power solenoid amplification model is employed, the maximum controlled flow,
is employed, providing an out- providing a small hysteresis. which enables the equipment to be
standing reliability. compacted.

A A A

Y Y Y

O O O
M M M

V V V

T T T

P P P

No.1
E SERIES
Flow Control Valves
PROPORTIONAL
Flow Control / Flow Control and Check / CONTROLS
Flow Control and Relief
Hydraulic Fluids

Hydraulic Fluids
Fluid Types
Any type of hydraulic fluid listed in the table below can be used.
Petroleum Base Oils Use fluids equivalent to ISO VG 32 or VG 46.
Use phosphate ester or polyol ester fluids. When phosphate ester fluid is used, prefix "F-"
Synthetic Fluids to the model number because the special seals (fluororubber) are required to be used.
Water-Containing FluidsUse water-glycol fluid.
Note: For use with hy draulic fluids other than those listed above, please consult y our Yuken representatives in advance.

Recommended Fluid Viscosity and Temperature


Use hydraulic fluids which satisfy the both recommended viscosity and oil temperatures given in the table below.
Name Viscosity Temperature
Flow Control Valves
20 - 200 mm2/s -15 - +70°C
Flow Control and Check Valves
Flow Control and Relief Valves(98 - 900 SSU) (5 - 160°F)

Control of Contamination
Due caution must be paid to maintaining control over contamination of the hydraulic fluids which may otherwise lead
to breakdowns and shorten the life of the valve. Please maintain the degree of contamination within NAS 1638-Grade
11. Use 20 µ m or finer line filter.

No.2
E SERIES
Flow Control Valves
PROPORTIONAL
Flow Control / Flow Control and Check / CONTROLS
Flow Control and Relief
Instructions

Mounting Positioning Orientation


Be sure that the air vent faces up. The air vent position can be changed as desired.
If the pressure control solenoid of the EFBG valve is mounted vertically, the minimum adjustment pressure is 2 MPa
(290 PSI) or higher.
[Good ex ample] Air Vent
[Bad ex ample]
Air Vent
SOL

SOL
Air Vent

Air Vent

SOL

Air Vent

Air Vent

Air Bleeding Manual Adjustment Screw


To ensure stable control, bleed the air from solenoid When initial adjustments are to be made or when no
completely and fill its iron core with oil. current is supplied to the valve due to electrical failure or

H
Bleeding can be done by slowly loosening an air vent. other problem, turn the manual adjustment screw to
The 10Ω series solenoid has three air vents. Choose temporarily set the valve pressure and flow rate. In that
one that appears most helpful (see the figure below). case, when turn the manual adjustment screw clockwise,
the valve pressure rises and flow increase. Under nor-
mal conditions, however, this screw must be kept in its
original position (see the figure below).
Solenoid
Solenoid
Case
Air Vent 3 Places
Air Vent

Manual Pressure Adj. Screw or


Manual Flow Adj. Screw Manual adjustment pin
M4 Screw Manual adjustments can be done by
10 Ω Series Solenoid ×
screwing for example an M4 20L screw in
the M4 thread or pushing in a pin there with
a rod etc.
40 Ω Series Solenoid

Tank and Drain Piping Hysteresis and Repeatability Value Indications


The tank-line back pressure and drain back pressure The hysteresis and repeatability values indicated in the
directly affect the minimum adjustment pressure or specifications for each control valve are determined under
flow adjustment valve main spool operating force. the following conditions:
Therefore, do not connect the tank or drain pipes to Hysteresis Value: Obtained when Yuken's appli-
other lines, but connect them directly to the reservoir cable power amplifier is used.
maintaining the back pressure as low as possible. Repeatability Value: Obtained when Yuken's appli-
Be sure that the tank and drain pipe ends are immersed cable power amplifier is used
in fluid. under the same conditions.

No.3
E Series

40
Series Flow Control (and Check)
Valves PROPORTIONAL
EFG/EFCG-02/03/06/10 (1/4, 3/8, 3/4, 1-1/4) CONTROLS
Specifications / Model Number Designation

Specifications
Model No. EFG -02- 10 EFG -03- 60 EFG -06-250 EFG -10-500
Description EFCG 30 EFCG 125 EFCG EFCG

Max. Operating P res.


20.6 (3000) 20.6 (3000) 20.6 (3000) 20.6 (3000)
MP a (P SI)
10: 0.3-10 60: 2-60
Metred Flow (.08-2.6) (.53-15.9)
Adj ustm ent Range 3-250 5-500
30: 0.3-30 125: 2-125 (.79-66) (1.32-132)
L /m in (U.S.GP M)
(.08-7.9) (.53-33)

Min. Differential P res. 0.6 (90) 1.0 (145) 1.3 (190) 2.0 (290)
MP a (P SI)
Free Flow
(EFCG Models Only .) 40 (10.6) 130 (34.3) 280 (74.0) 550 (145)
L /m in (U.S.GP M)
Rated Current 600 m A 600 m A 600 m A 700 m A
Coil Resistance 43.5 Ω 43.5 Ω 43.5 Ω 43.5 Ω
Hy steresis Less than 5% Less than 7% Less than 7% Less than 7%
Repeatability Less than 1% Less than 1% Less than 1% Less than 1%
Approx. Mass
8.2 (18.1) 12.5 (27.6) 25 (55.1) 51 (113)
kg (lbs.)
Min. pressure difference required between inlet and outlet ports to m aintain function as
pressure com pensator.

Graphic Sym bols

Model Number Designation


O
EFC G -02 -10 -31 ∗ M

Ty pe of Valve Max. Metred Flow Design Design


Series Num ber Mounting Size L /m in (U.S.GP M) Num ber Standards EFG-∗
EF : 10: 10 (2.6)
02 31
P roportional Electro- 30: 30 (7.9)
Hy draulic Flow Control 60: 60 (15.9)
Valve 03 26
G: 125: 125 (33)
Sub-plate Refer to
EFC : Mounting 250: 250 (66)
06 22 O
P roportional Electro-
Hy draulic Flow Control M
and Check Valve 10 500: 500 (132) 11
EFCG-∗
Note: If y ou are going to use the m odel with pressure com pensator stroke adj ustm ent screw, consult
y our Yuken representative in advance.
Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS" and European Design Standard
90 ............... N. Am erican Design Standard

No.4
E Series

40 Series Flow Control (and Check) PROPORTIONAL
Valves CONTROLS
Sub-plate / Instructions / Others

Attachment
Mounting Bolts
Valve Model Socket Head Cap Screw
Qty .
Num bers Japanese Std. "JIS" and European Design Std. N. Am erican Design Std.

EF G-02 M8 × 75 Lg. 5/16-18 UNC × 3 Lg. 4
EF∗ G-03 M10 × 100 Lg. 3/8-16 UNC × 4 Lg. 4
EF∗ G-06 M16 × 130 Lg. 5/8-11 UNC × 5 Lg. 4
EF∗ G-10 M20 × 160 Lg. 3/4-10 UNC × 6-1/2 Lg. 4

Applicable Pow er Amplifiers


For stable performance, it is recommended that Yuken's applicable power amplifiers be used (for details see
the Catalogue No. Pub. EC-1305).
Model Numbers: AME-D-S- -32 ∗
AME-DF-S- -22 ∗
AME-T-S- -22 ∗

Sub-plate
Valve Japanese Standard "JIS" European Design Standard N. Am erican Design Standard
Approx. Mass
Model Sub-plate Sub-plate Sub-plate
Model Num bers Thread Size
Num bers Thread Size Thread Size kg (lbs.)
Model Num bers Model Num bers

EFG -02 EFGM-02X-20 Rc 3/8 EFGM-02X-2080 3/8 BSP .F EFGM-02X-2090 3/8 NP T 2.3 (5.1)
EFCG EFGM-02Y-20 Rc 1/2 EFGM-02Y-2080 1/2 BSP .F EFGM-02Y-2090 1/2 NP T 3.1 (6.8)

H
EFG -03 EFGM-03Y-20 Rc 3/4 EFGM-03Y-2080 3/4 BSP .F EFGM-03Y-2090 3/4 NP T 5.7 (12.6)
EFCG EFGM-03Z-20 Rc 1 EFGM-03Z-2080 1 BSP .F EFGM-03Z-2090 1 NP T 5.6 (12.3)
EFG -06 EFGM-06X-20 Rc 1 EFGM-06X-2080 1 BSP .F EFGM-06X-2090 1 NP T 12.5 (27.6)
EFCG EFGM-06Y-20 Rc 1-1/4 EFGM-06Y-2080 1-1/4 BSP .F EFGM-06Y-2090 1-1/4 NP T 16 (35.3)
1-1/2, 2 1-1/2, 2 1-1/2, 2
EFG -10 EFGM-10Y-10 Flange EFGM-10Y-1080 Flange EFGM-10Y-1090 Flange 37 (81.6)
EFCG Mounting Mounting Mounting
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate m odel num ber from the table above. W hen sub-plates are not used, the m ounting surface should
have a good m achined finish.
W hen ordering the EFGM-10Y, see Ty pe F3 P ipe Flange Kits on Catalogue No. P ub. EC-3001 and order an appropriate pipe flange kit also.

Models w ith Pressure Compensator Stroke Adjustment Screw


A models with pressure compensator stroke adjustment screw is optionally available to minimize the actuator
protrusion (jumping) at startup. For the details, please consult us or your Yuken distributors.

Instructions
Drain Back Pressure
Check that the drain back pressure does not exceed 0.2 MPa (29 PSI).
Models with Check Valve
A models with check valve makes it possible to obtain a free flow in the direction opposite that of the controlled flow
without respect to the input current.

No.5
E Series

40 Series Flow Control (and Check) PROPORTIONAL
Valves CONTROLS
Installation Drawing

EFG/EFCG-02-∗ -31/3190
EFG/EFCG-03-∗ -26/2690 Cable Departure
Cable Applicable: ... Outside Dia.
Inlet Port for Controlled Flow or 8-10 mm (.31 - .39 in.) ...
Outlet Port for Reversed Free Flow Conductor Area Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2
39 (.002 sq. in.)
Connector P
The direction can (1.54)
be altered to every
90 degree angles.

(3.82)

(3.35)
97
Air Vent

85
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.

(1.77) (1.57)
J

40
Locating Pin

E
F
6 (.24) Dia.
Drain Port "U " Places

45
Mounting Surface
Outlet Port for (O-Rings Furnished)
Controlled Flow or
Inlet Port for D "Q" Dia. Through 6
T (.24)
Reversed Free C "S " Dia. Spotface
B
Flow 4 Places N
A L
Manual Adjustment
M4 Thd. (Internal Thd.) INC. K

Manual adj ustm ent can be done by screwing for exam ple an M4×20 L screw in the M4 thread or pushing
in a rod etc. there.

Model Dim ensions m m (Inches)


U
Num bers A B C D E F H J K L N P Q S T
96 76.2 9.9 38.1 106 82.6 11.7 46.3 195 81 66 108 8.8 14 65

EF G-02 (3.78) (3.00) (.39) (1.50) (4.17) (3.25) (.46) (1.82) (7.68) (3.19) (2.60) (4.25) (.35) (.55) (2.56)
1

125 101.6 11.7 50.8 130 101.6 14.2 61.8 212 98 85 125 11 17.5 84

EF G-03 (4.92) (4.00) (.46) (2.00) (5.12) (4.00) (.56) (2.43) (8.35) (3.86) (3.35) (4.92) (.43) (.69) (3.31) 2

EFG/EFCG-06-250-22/2290 DIMENSIONS IN
EFG/EFCG-10-500-11/1190 MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

Cable Departure
Inlet Port for Controlled Flow or Cable Applicable: ... Outside Dia.
Outlet Port for Reversed Free Flow 8-10 mm (.31 - .39 in.) ...
Conductor Area Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2
Connector 39 (.002 sq. in.)
Q
The direction can (1.54)
be altered to every
90 degree angles.
H

(1.57)

Air Vent
40
(3.82)

(3.35)
97

3 (.12) Hex. Soc.


85
J

Two Locating Pins


E
F

Drain Port
"V " Dia.
(1.77)
45

Mounting Surface
Outlet Port for
(O-Rings Furnished)
Controlled Flow or
Inlet Port for P
D "S " Dia. Through U
Reversed Free
C "T" Dia. Spotface
Flow B N
4 Places
A L
Manual Adjustment
M4 Thd. (Internal Thd.) K
INC.
Manual adj ustm ent can be done by screwing for exam ple an M4×20 L screw in the M4 thread or pushing
in a rod etc. there.

Model Dim ensions m m (Inches)


Num bers A B C D E F H J K L N P Q S T U V
180 146.1 17 73.1 174 133.4 20.3 99 244 130 105 7 157 17.5 26 103.5 16

EF G-06 (7.09) (5.75) (.67) (2.88) (6.85) (5.25) (.80) (3.90) (9.61) (5.12) (4.13) (.28) (6.18) (.69) (1.02) (4.07) (.63)
244 196.9 23.5 98.5 228 177.8 25 144.5 274 160 137 10 187 21.5 32 135 18

EF G-10 (9.61) (7.75) (.93) (3.88) (8.98) (7.00) (.98) (5.69) (10.79) (6.30) (5.93) (.39) (7.36) (.85) (1.26) (5.31) (.71)

No.6
E Series
Sub-plate for PROPORTIONAL

40 Series Flow Control (and Check) CONTROLS
Installation Drawing

Sub-plate
EFGM-02X/02Y-20/2080/2090 Sub-plate Thread Size
Model Num bers "A" Thd. "B" Thd. "C" Thd.
96(3.78) "J " Dia.
9.9
79.4(3.13) 2 Places EFGM-02X-20 Rc 3/8
(.39) Rc 1/4
"C " Thd. 76.2(3.00) EFGM-02Y-20 Rc 1/2
8.8(.35) Dia. Through M8
"H " Deep 54 14(.55) Dia. Spotface
4 Places (2.13) 4 Places EFGM-02X-2080 3/8 BSP .F
38.1 1/4 BSP .F
(1.50) EFGM-02Y-2080 1/2 BSP .F

11.1(.44)
23.8(.94)
(.55)
14

9.5 EFGM-02X-2090 3/8 NP T


(.37) 1/4 NP T 5/16-18 UNC
EFGM-02Y-2090 1/2 NP T

44.3(1.74)
52.4(2.06)
D

2.5(.10)

82.6(3.25)
Dim ensions m m (Inches)
106(4.17)

Sub-plate
78(3.07)

Model Num bers D E F H J K


8.6 75.9 25
EFGM-02X-20 (.34) (2.99) (.98) 14 11
11.5 72.9 35 (.55) (.43)
7(.28) Dia. EFGM-02Y-20
10(.39) Deep (.45) (2.87) (1.38) 14
"A " Thd. 21.9(.86)
2 Places 8.6 75.9 25 (.55) 15.2
(From Rear) "K " Dia. EFGM-02X-2080
E "B " Thd. (.34) (2.99) (.98) (.60) 11.7
10 (From Rear) (.46)
120(4.72) 11.5 72.9 35 15
(.39) EFGM-02Y-2080
140(5.51) (.45) (2.87) (1.38) (.59)
8.6 75.9 25
EFGM-02X-2090 (.34) (2.99) (.98) 18 14 11
F

11.5 72.9 35 (.17) (.55) (.43)


EFGM-02Y-2090 (.45) (2.87) (1.38)
(.59)

(.63)
15

16

DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

H
EFGM-03Y/03Z-20/2080/2090

23(.91) Dia.
125(4.92) 2 Places
11.7(.46)
102.4(4.03)
0.8(.03) "C " Thd. "D " Deep
101.6(4.00) 4 Places
75
"B " Thd. (2.95)
(From Rear) 50.8 7(.28) Dia. 8(.31) Deep
(2.00) 2 Places
(.56)
14.2

20.6
(.63)

Thread Size
16.1

(.81)
(1.13)

Sub-plate D
28.6

Model Num bers "A" Thd. "B" Thd. "C" Thd. m m (in.)
61.8(2.43)

EFGM-03Y-20 Rc 3/4
81.5(3.21)

(2.13)

Rc 1/4
11.1(.44)

86.5(3.41)
54

EFGM-03Z-20 Rc 1
130(5.12)

18
101.6(4.

M10 (.71)
00)

EFGM-03Y-2080 3/4 BSP .F


1/4 BSP .F
EFGM-03Z-2080 1 BSP .F
EFGM-03Y-2090 3/4 NP T 21
1/4 NP T 3/8-16 UNC
EFGM-03Z-2090 1 NP T (.83)
"A " Thd. 11(.43) Dia. Through
2 Places 22.2(.87) 17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface
(From Rear) 4 Places
47.8
(1.88)
11(.43) Dia.
92.2(3.63)
11 146(5.75)
(.43)
168(6.61)
(1.57)
40
(.75)

(.79)
19

20

No.7
E Series
Sub-plate for PROPORTIONAL

40 Series Flow Control (and Check) CONTROLS
Installation Drawing

EFGM-06X/06Y-20/2080/2090 17
180(7.09)
29(1.14) Dia.
(.67) 146.1(5.75)
2 Places
144.4(5.69)
"C " Thd. 104.8(4.13) 17.5(.69) Dia. Through
"P " Deep
4 Places 73(2.87) 26(1.02) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
22.2(.87)

41.3(1.63)
12.7(.50)
(.94)
24
1.6(.06)

(.15)

99(3.90)
3.7

104.8(4.
174(6.85)
126(4.96)

133.4(5.
13)
D

25)
17(.67) Dia.
"A " Thd. 33(1.30) 10(.39) Deep
2 Places 2 Places
(From Rear) F
Q "B " Thd. (From Rear)
14(.55) Dia. H
19 212(8.35)
(.75)
250(9.84)

J
N

K
Sub-plate Thread Size Dim ensions m m (Inches)
Model Num bers "A" Thd. "B" Thd. "C" Thd. D E F H J K N P Q S
EFGM-06X-20 Rc 1 101.1 14.3 55.2 137.8 45 35 34
(3.98) (.56) (2.17) (5.43) (1.77) (1.38) (1.34) 106 14
Rc 3/8
95.3 19.3 67 132 60 40 39 (4.17) (.55)
EFGM-06Y-20 Rc 1-1/4 (3.75) (.76) (2.64) (5.20) (2.36) (1.57) (1.54) 30
M16
EFGM-06X-2080 1 BSP .F 101.1 14.3 55.2 137.8 45 35 34 (1.18) 15.2
(3.98) (.56) (2.17) (5.43) (1.77) (1.38) (1.34) 116 (.60)
3/8 BSP .F
95.3 19.3 67 132 60 40 39 (4.57) 15
EFGM-06Y-2080 1-1/4 BSP .F (3.75) (.76) (2.64) (5.20) (2.36) (1.57) (1.54) (.59)
EFGM-06X-2090 1 NP T 101.1 14.3 55.2 137.8 45 35 34
(3.98) (.56) (2.17) (5.43) (1.77) (1.38) (1.34) 35 106 14
3/8 NP T 5/8-11 UNC
95.3 19.3 67 132 60 40 39 (1.38) (4.17) (.55)
EFGM-06Y-2090 1-1/4 NP T (3.75) (.76) (2.64) (5.20) (2.36) (1.57) (1.54)

EFGM-10Y-10/1080/1090 DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
23.5(.93) 244(9.61) 43.5(1.71) Dia.
198.4(7.81) 2 Places
1.6(.06)
196.9(7.75)
48(1.89) Dia. 144.5(5.69) "D " Thd. "E " Deep
2 Places 8 Places (From Rear)
(From Rear) 98.5(3.88)
"B " Thd. Thread Size
34.9 73 Sub-plate
(.98)

"C " Deep


25

4 Places (1.37) (2.87) Model Num bers "A" Thd. "B" Thd. "C" Thd.
(1.42)

EFGM-10Y-10 Rc 3/8
36

M20 M16
55.5(21.9)
17.3(.68)

(2.87)

EFGM-10Y-1080 3/8 BSP .F


73
144.5(5.

29(1.14)

228(8.98)
250(9.84)
177.8(7.

EFGM-10Y-1090 3/8 NP T 3/4-10 UNC 5/8-11 UNC


69)
00)

(2.87)

Sub-plate m m (Inches)
73

Model Num bers D E


20(.79) Dia.
15(.59) Deep EFGM-10Y-10
2 Places 73 30 (1.18) 30 (1.18)
43.5 (2.87) 21.5(.85) Dia. Through EFGM-10Y-1080
14(.55) Dia. 32(1.26) Dia. Spotface
(1.71) 4 Places EFGM-10Y-1090 34 (1.34) 35 (1.38)
148.5(5.85)
183.5(7.22) "A " Thd.
25 (From Rear)
284(11.18)
(.98)
334(13.15)
(3.15)
80
48(1.89)
50(1.97)

"F3" Series Pipe Flange Kits


Refer to the Catalogue
No. Pub. EC-3001.

No.8
E Series

40 Series Flow Control (and Check) PROPORTIONAL
Valves CONTROLS
Typical Performance Characteristics

Input Current vs. Flow


EFG -02 EFG -03
EFCG EFCG
U.S.GPM L /min U.S.GPM L /min
8 30 32.5 125
120
7 30.0
25
100
6 EF∗ G-02-30 25.0
Flow Rate 20

Flow Rate
5 80
20.0 EF∗ G-03-125
4 15
15.0 60
3
10 40
2 10.0
5
1 5.0 20
0 EF∗ G-02-10 EF∗ G-03-60
0 0
0 100 200 300400 500 600 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600
Input Current mA Input Current mA
EFG -06 EFG -10
EFCG EFCG
U.S.GPM L /min U.S.GPM L /min
65 250 140
500
60 120
200 100 400
50
Flow Rate

Flow Rate
80 300
40 150
60
200
30
100 40
20 20 100

50 0 0
10 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700
0 Input Current mA

H
0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600
Input Current mA

Differential Pressure vs. Metred Flow


EFG -02 EFG -03
EFCG EFCG
U.S.GPM L /min U.S.GPM L /min
8.5 32 34 130
8.0 30 33 125
7.5 28 32 120
Flow Rate

Flow Rate

4.1 14.0 52.5


15.5 13.5 50.0
4.0 15.0 13.0 47.5
3.9
3.8 14.5

3.7
.550 2.1 .96 3.5
.525 2.0 .90 3.3
.500 1.9
0.8 1.0 2.0 5.0 10 20 MPa
0.4 1.0 2.0 5.0 10 20 MPa

100 200 500 1000 2000 3000 150 200 500 1000 2000 3000
PSI PSI
Differential P ressure Differential P ressure

EFG -06 EFG -10


EFCG EFCG
U.S.GPM L /min U.S.GPM L /min
68 260 132 500
250 130 490
66 128
64 240 126 480
Flow Rate

Flow Rate

28 110 82 310
26 100 80 300
24 78
90 76 290

1.45 5.4
2.8 11 1.40
2.6 10 1.35 5.2
2.4 9 1.30 5.0

1 2 5 10 20 MPa 1 2 5 10 20 MPa

200 300 500 1000 2000 3000 300 500 1000 2000 3000
PSI PSI
Differential P ressure Differential P ressure

No.9
E Series

40 Series Flow Control (and Check) PROPORTIONAL
Valves CONTROLS
Typical Performance Characteristics
Step Response Viscosity vs. Flow
These characteristics have been obtained by measuring on each valve. EFG -02
Therefore , they may vary according to a hydraulic circuit to be used. EFCG
U.S.GPM L /min Oil: ISO VG 46 Oil
8.5 33
EFG -02 EFG -03 8.0 30
7.5
EFCG EFCG 7.0 27

Flow Rate
U.S.GPM L /min U.S.GPM L /min 125 L /min 5.0 19
35 30 L /min 140
9 (7.9 U.S.GPM) 35 (33 U.S.GPM) 4.5
8 30 120 16
4.0
30 3.5 13
7 25 100
6 25 6
Flow Rate

5
20 15 L /min
(4 U.S.GPM)
Flow Rate
20 80 60 L /min
(15.9 U.S.GPM)
1.5
1.0 3
4 15 15 60 .5
3 10 0.2s 40 0.2s 0 0
10 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 °C
2
5 5 20 Temperature
1 Step Signal Step Signal
0 0 0 0 5060 80 100 120 140 160 °F 2
200 10075 50 40 30 20 15 mm /s
Viscosity
Tim e Tim e 1000 500 300 200 100 80 SSU
EFG -03
EFCG
U.S.GPM L /min Oil: ISO VG 46 Oil
EFG -06 EFG -10 140
EFCG EFCG 35.0
125
U.S.GPM L /min 32.5
U.S.GPM L /min
300 250 L /min 600 500 L /min 30.0 110
150

Flow Rate
70 (66 U.S.GPM) (132 U.S.GPM) 20.0 75
250 500
60 125 17.5 60
50 200 400 15.0
100
Flow Rate

Flow Rate

125 L /min 250 L /min 12.5 45


40 150 (33 U.S.GPM) 75 300 (66 U.S.GPM) 30
7.5
30 5.5
100 0.2s 50 200 0.2s 15
20 2.5
50 25 100 0 0
10 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 °C
0 0 Step Signal 0 0 Step Signal Temperature
5060 80 100 120 140 160 °F 2
200 10075 50 40 30 20 15 mm /s
Tim e Tim e Viscosity
1000 500 300 200 100 80 SSU
EFG -06
EFCG
U.S.GPM L /min Oil: ISO VG 46 Oil
Frequency Response 280
70
65 250
60 220
EFG -02 EFG -03
Flow Rate

40 155
EFCG EFCG 35
Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz) 125
30
0.2 0.7 1 2 4 7 10 20 40 0.1 0.2 0.7 1 2 4 7 10 30 25 95
0 0 0 0 60
-20 -10 -20 -10 15
-40 -20 Gain -40 -20 10 30
Gain
Phase (deg.)

Phase (deg.)

-60 -60 5
Gain (dB)

Gain (dB)

-80 Phase -80 Phase 0 0


-100 -100 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 °C
-120 Temperature
-120 -140
-140 5060 80 100 120 140 160 °F 2
-160 200 10075 50 40 30 20 15 mm /s
-160 -180
-180 Viscosity
Input Current : 440 ± 100 mA Input Current : 460 ± 70 mA 1000 500 300 200 100 80 SSU
Pressure : 6.9 MPa (1000 PSI) Pressure : 6.9 MPa (1000 PSI)
EFG -10
U.S.GPM L /min
EFCG
Oil: ISO VG 46 Oil
EFG -06 EFG -10 560
EFCG EFCG 140
500
Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz) 130
120 440
0.1 0.2 0.7 1 2 4 7 10 0.1 0.2 0.7 1 2 4 7 10 20
Flow Rate

0 0 0 0 80 310
-20 -5 -20 -5 70
Gain -40 -10 Gain 250
60
Phase (deg.)

Phase (deg.)

-40 -10 -60 -15


-80 -20 Phase 50 190
-60 -15 -100 120
Phase 30
Gain (dB)

-80 -20 -120 20


-140 60
Gain (dB)

-100 10
-160 0 0
-120 -180 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 °C
Temperature
Input Current : 460 ± 70 mA Input Current : 475 ± 125 mA 5060 80 100 120 140 160 °F
Pressure : 6.9 MPa (1000 PSI) Pressure : 6.9 MPa (1000 PSI) 200 10075 50 40 30 20 15 mm 2 /s
Viscosity
1000 500 300 200 100 80 SSU

No.10
E Series

40 Series Flow Control (and Check) PROPORTIONAL
Valves CONTROLS
Typical Performance Characteristics

Pressure Drop for Reversed Free Flow (Only for "EFCG" M odels)
Oil Viscosity : 35 mm2/s (164 SSU)
Specific Gravity : 0.850

EFCG-02 EFCG-03

PSI MPa PSI MPa


70 0.5 0.6
80
Throttle Closed Throttle Closed
P

P
60 0.4
50 60 0.4
Pressure Drop

Pressure Drop
40 0.3
Throttle Fully 40 Throttle Fully
30 0.2 0.2
20 20
0.1
10
0 0 0
0 0 50 100 150 200 L/min
0 10 20 30 40 50 L/min

0 2.5 5.0 7.5 10.0 12.5 U.S.GPM 0 10 20 30 40 50 U.S.GPM

Free Flow Free Flow

EFCG-06 EFCG-10
PSI MPa PSI MPa
160 160
140 1.0 140 1.0
Throttle Closed Throttle Closed
120 120
P

0.8 0.8
100 100
Pressure Drop

Pressure Drop

0.6 0.6

H
80 Throttle Fully 80 Throttle Fully
60 0.4 60 0.4
40 40
0.2 0.2
20 20
0 0
0 0
0 100 200 300 400 L/min 0 200 400 600 800 L/min

0 25 50 75 100 U.S.GPM 0 50 100 150 200 U.S.GPM


Free Flow
Free Flow

For any other viscosity , m ultiply the factors in the table below.

m m 2 /s 20 40 60 80 100
Viscosity
SSU 98 186 278 371 464
Factor 0.87 1.03 1.14 1.23 1.30

For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P ') m ay be obtained from the form ula below.
P '= P (G'/0.850)

No.11
E Series

40 Series Flow Control (and Check) PROPORTIONAL
Valves CONTROLS
Spare Parts List

EFG/EFCG-02-∗ -31/3190
EFG/EFCG-03-∗ -26/2690

EF G-03∗ ∗
EF G-02

13 31 8 7 40 2 21 44 24 39 5 4 6 12 29 36 5 39 33 4 29 36

15 32 35

25 10 34 11
Detail of A
38 16 37 3 1 27 34 43 42 23 41 1 30 26 1 6 22 15 12 30 35

CAUTION
With Check Valve (EFCG-02, 03) When making replacement of seals, please do
it carefully after reading through the relevant
1 18 9 28 14 17 instructions in the Operator's Manual.

List of Seals and Solenoids Ass'y List of Seal Kits


P art Num bers Model Num bers Seal Kit Num bers
Item Nam e of P arts Qty .

EF G-02 ∗
EF G-03 ∗
EFG-02- -31 ∗ KS-EFG-02-31
23 Solenoid Ass'y E321-45-20 E321-45-20 1 ∗
EFCG-02- -31 ∗ KS-EFCG-02-31
27 O-Ring SO-NB-P 18 SO-NB-P 18 1 ∗
EFG-03- -26 ∗ KS-EFG-03-26
28 O-Ring SO-NB-P 10A SO-NB-P 21 1 ∗
EFCG-03- -26 ∗ KS-EFCG-03-26
29 O-Ring SO-NB-P 18 SO-NB-P 28 2
30 O-Ring SO-NB-P 22 SO-NB-P 31 1
31 O-Ring SO-NB-G25 SO-NB-G35 1
32 O-Ring SO-NB-P 18 1
33 O-Ring SO-NB-P 22 1
41 O-Ring SO-NB-G45 SO-NB-G45 1
42 O-Ring SO-NB-G35 SO-NB-G35 1
43 O-Ring SO-NA-P 4 SO-NA-P 4 1
44 Fastener Seal SG-FCF-4 SG-FCF-4 1
Note: O-rings (Item 41, 42, 43) and the fastener seal (Item 44) are
included in the solenoid assem bly .
Note: The connector assem bly GDM-211-B-11 (Item 24) is not
included in the solenoid assem bly .
Note: W hen ordering seals, please specify the seal kit num ber from
the table right.

No.12
E Series

40 Series Flow Control (and Check) PROPORTIONAL
Valves CONTROLS
Spare Parts List

EFG/EFCG-06-250-22/2290
EFG/EFCG-10-500-11/1190

12 5 26 15 11 26 14 30 13 44 24 35 22 2 3 4 9 29 20

21 19 32 25

A
7 8
B Detail of A

6 34 1 10 43 42 23 41 28 1 27

With Check Valve (EFCG-06, 10)


CAUTION
16 18 31 14 When making replacement of seals, please do
it carefully after reading through the relevant
instructions in the Operator's Manual.

Section B-B

List of Seals and Solenoid Ass'y


P art Num bers
List of Seal Kits
Model Num bers Seal Kit Num bers
H
Item Nam e of P arts Qty .

EF G-06 ∗
EF G-10 EFG-06-250-22∗ KS-EFG-06-22
23 Solenoid Ass'y E321-45-20 E321-45-20 1 EFCG-06-250-22∗ KS-EFCG-06-22
26 O-Ring SO-NB-P 50 SO-NB-G75 3 EFG-10-500-11∗ KS-EFG-10-11
27 O-Ring SO-NB-P 44 SO-NB-G60 1 EFCG-10-500-11∗ KS-EFCG-10-11
28 O-Ring SO-NB-P 34 SO-NB-P 50 1
29 O-Ring SO-NB-P 32 SO-NB-P 48 2
30 O-Ring SO-NB-P 21 SO-NB-P 34 1
31 O-Ring SO-NB-P 21 SO-NB-P 26 1
32 O-Ring SO-NA-P 10 SO-NA-P 10 1
41 O-Ring SO-NB-G45 SO-NB-G45 1
42 O-Ring SO-NB-G35 SO-NB-G35 1
43 O-Ring SO-NA-P 4 SO-NA-P 4 1
44 Fastener Seal SG-FCF-4 SG-FCF-4 1
Note: O-rings (Item 41, 42, 43) and the fastener seal (Item 44) are
included in the solenoid assem bly .
Note: The connector assem bly GDM-211-B-11 (Item 24) is not
included in the solenoid assem bly .
Note: W hen ordering seals, please specify the seal kit num ber from
the table right.

No.13
E Series

10 Series Flow Control (and Check)
Valves PROPORTIONAL
EFG/EFCG-03/06 (3/8, 3/4) CONTROLS
Specifications / Model Number Designation

Specifications
Model No. EFG -03- 60 EFG -06-250
Description EFCG 125 EFCG
Max. Operating Pressure
MPa (PSI) 20.6 (3000) 24.5 (3550)

60: 1-60
Metred Flow Adj. Range (.26-15.9) 2.5-250
L/min (U.S.GPM) 125:1-125 (.66-66)
(.26-33)
Min. Differential Pressure1 1.0 (145) 1.0 (145)
MPa (PSI)
Free Flow (EFCG Models Only)
130 (34.3) 280 (74.0)
L/min (U.S.GPM)
Min Pilot Pressure2
1.0 (145) 1.5 (220)
MPa (PSI)
Pilot Flow at Normal 0.5 (.13) 1 (.26)
L/min (U.S.GPM)at Transition 2.6 (.69) 4 (1.06)
Rated Current 780 mA 820 mA
Coil Resistance 10 Ω 10 Ω
Hysteresis Less than 3% Less than 3%
Repeatability Less than 1% Less than 1% Graphic Symbols
Approx. Mass kg (lbs.) 10 (22.1) 25 (55.1)
Internal Pilot
1. Min pressure difference required between inlet and outlet ports to m aintain function
as pressure com pensator.
2. The m inim um required value for the external pilot ty pe.
O
M

EFG-∗
Model Number Designation
EFC G -03 -125 -E -51 ∗ O
M

Ty pe of Valve Max. Metred Flow P ilot Design Design


Series Num ber
Mounting Size L /m in (U.S.GP M) Connection Num ber Standards EFCG-∗
EF :
P roportional 60 : 60 (15.9) External Pilot
03 None: 51
Electro-Hy draulic 125 : 125 (33) Internal
Flow Control Valve
G: P ilot
Sub-plate Refer to O
EFC :
Mounting E: M
P roportional
Electro-Hy draulic 06 250: 250 (66)
External
51 EFG-∗
P ilot
Flow Control and
Check Valve

Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS" and European Design Standard O
90 ............... N. Am erican Design Standard M

EFCG-∗

No.14
E Series

10 Series Flow Control (and Check) PROPORTIONAL
Valves CONTROLS
Sub-plate / Instructions / Others

Attachment
Mounting bolts
Valve Model Socket Head Cap Screw
Qty .
Num bers Japanese Std. "JIS" and European Design Std. N. Am erican Design Std.

EF G-03 M10 × 80 Lg. 3/8-16 UNC × 3-1/4 Lg. 4
EF∗ G-06 M16 × 130 Lg. 5/8-11 UNC × 5 Lg. 4

Applicable Pow er Amplifiers


For stable performance, it is recommended that Yuken's applicable power amplifiers be used (for details see
the Catalogue No. Pub. EC-1305).
Model Numbers: AME-D-10- -20 ∗
AME-D2-1010- -10 ∗
SK1022- - -11 ∗∗
SK1015-11 (For DC power supply)
AMN-D-10 (For DC power supply)

Sub-plate
Valve Japanese Standard "JIS" European Design Standard N. Am erican Design Standard
Approx. Mass
Model Sub-plate Sub-plate Sub-plate
Num bers Thread Size Thread Size Thread Size kg (lbs.)
Model Num bers Model Num bers Model Num bers

EFG -03 EFGM-03Y-30 Rc 3/4 EFGM-03Y-3080 3/4 BSP .F EFGM-03Y-3090 3/4 NP T 5.7 (12.6)
EFCG EFGM-03Z-30 Rc 1 EFGM-03Z-3080 1 BSP .F EFGM-03Z-3090 1 NP T 5.6 (12.3)

H
EFG -06 EFGM-06X-30 Rc 1 EFGM-06X-3080 1 BSP .F EFGM-06X-3090 1 NP T 12.5 (27.6)
EFCG EFGM-06Y-30 Rc 1-1/4 EFGM-06Y-3080 1-1/4 BSP .F EFGM-06Y-3090 1-1/4 NP T 16 (35.3)

Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above. When sub-plates are not used,
the mounting surface should have a good machined finish.

Instructions [Exam ple of Circuit]


Drain Back Pressure
Check that the drain back pressure dose not exceed
1 2
0.2 MPa (29 PSI).
Pilot Type Selection P.P. P.P.
O O
This valve is constructed so as to operate at a pre- M M
determined pilot pressure. For the 03, a pilot pressure of
EFCG-03 -∗ -E-51 ∗ EFCG-03 -∗ -E-51 ∗
1 MPa (145 PSI) or higher is required. For the 06, the 06 06
A B
requied pilot pressure is 1.5 MPa (220 PSI) or higher. a b

To obtain such a required pilot pressure, select the pilot P T

type according to the circuit examples on the right. 3 4

P.P.
1 /2
O O
Use the external pilot type (pilot connection code: E) M M

whether a metre-in or metre-out circuit is employed. EFG-03 -∗ -E-51 ∗


EFG-03 -∗ -51 ∗ 06
3 06
Use the internal pilot type (pilot connection code: None)
4
Use the external pilot type (pilot connection code: E)

No.15
E Series

10 Series Flow Control (and Check) PROPORTIONAL
Valves CONTROLS
Installation Drawing

EFG 60
EFCG-03- 125-∗ -51/5190

Cable Departure
Cable Applicable: ... Outside Dia.
Air Vent 11 (.43) Dia. Through ...
8-10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
3 (.12) Hex. Soc. 17.5 (.69) Dia. Spotface Conductor Area Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2
3 Places 4 Places
(.002 sq. in.)
39 158.1

(.46)
11.7
Connector (1.54) (6.22)
The direction can
be altered to every
90 degree angles.

(2.74)
69.5
(2.43)

(2.26)
61.8

57.5
(4.00)

Drain Port (4.92)


101.6

125
Two Locating Pins
Outlet Port for 6 (.24) Dia.
Controlled Flow or Manual
Inlet Port for Adjustment Mounting Surface
Reversed Free Screw (O-Rings Furnished)
Flow 3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
50.8 INC. 68
(2.00) (2.68)
Inlet Port for Controlled
11.7 101.6 Flow or Outlet Port for 69 6
(.46) (4.00) Reversed Free Flow (2.72) (.24)
125 88
(4.92) Pilot Port (3.46)
235.5
(9.27)

DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
EFG
EFCG-06-250-∗ -51/5190

Cable Departure
Inlet Port for Controlled Cable Applicable: ... Outside Dia.
Flow or Outlet Port for ...
Air Vent 8-10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
Reversed Free Flow Conductor Area Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2
Connector 3 (.12) Hex. Soc. (.002 sq. in.)
The direction can 3 Places 39 199.1
(.80)
20.3

be altered to every (1.54) (7.84)


90 degree angles.
(4.13)

Drain Port
104.8

(5.25)

(6.85)
133.4

(2.74)
174

69.5

(2.26)
57.5

Two Locating Pins


16 (.63) Dia.

Outlet Port for Manual


Controlled Flow or Adjustment Mounting Surface
Inlet Port for Screw (O-Rings Furnished)
Reversed Free 104
73 3 (.12) Hex. Soc. INC.
Flow (4.09)
(2.87)
17.5 (.69) Dia. Through 105 7
17 146 (4.13) (.28)
(.67) (5.75) 26 (1.02) Dia. Spotface
4 Places 120
180 (4.72)
(7.09) Pilot Port
276.5
(10.89)

No.16
E Series
Sub-plate for PROPORTIONAL

10 Series Flow Control (and Check) CONTROLS
Installation Drawing

Sub-plate
EFGM-03Y, 03Z-30/3080/3090
125(4.92)
11.7(.46)
102.4(4.03)
"C " Thd. 0.8 101.6(4.00) 23(.91) Dia.
(From Rear) (.03) 2 Places
75 "D " Thd. "E " Deep
11(.43) Dia. Through (2.95)
17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface 4 Places
50.8
4 Places (2.00) 7(.28) Dia. 8(.31) Deep
(.56)
14.2

20.6 2 Places
(.81)
(2.13)

(2.43)
86.5(3.41)
(.63)
16.1

61.8
(.44)

92(3.62)
54

11.1
130(5.12)

(3.21)

(1.13)

101.6(4.
81.5

28.6

00) Sub-plate Thread Size E


Model Num bers "B" Thd. "C" Thd. "D" Thd. m m (in.)
"B " Thd. 22.2(.87)
2 Places 6(.24) Dia. "C " Thd. EFGM-03Y-30 Rc 3/4
47.8 (From Rear) Rc 1/4
11(.43) Dia. (1.88) EFGM-03Z-30 Rc 1 18
92.2(3.63) M10
EFGM-03Y-3080 3/4 BSP .F (.71)
11
(.43) 146(5.75) 1/4 BSP .F
19(.75)
20(.79)

168(6.61) EFGM-03Z-3080 1 BSP .F


EFGM-03Y-3090 3/4 NP T 21
1/4 NP T 3/8-16 UNC (.83)
(1.57)

EFGM-03Z-3090 1 NP T
40

DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
EFGM-06X, 06Y-30/3080/3090
180(7.09)

H
17
(.67) 146(5.75)
17(.67) Dia. 144.5(5.69) "A " Thd.
108(4.25) 2 Places
10(.39) Deep
2 Places 104.8(4.13)
17.5(.69) Dia. Through 73(2.87) "C " Thd. "D " Deep
4 Places
26(1.02) Dia. Spotface
4 Places 22.2(.87)
12.7(.50)
41.3(1.63)
3.7(.15)
(.94)

1.6
24

(.06)
85.7(3.37)
104.8(4.13)
H
174(6.85)

126(4.96)

136(5.35)
133.4(5.
J

25)

33(1.30) "B " Thd. Sub-plate Thread Size


29(1.14) Dia. (From Rear)
2 Places E Model Num bers "A" Thd. "B" Thd. "C" Thd.
"B " Thd.
K (From Rear) EFGM-06X-30 Rc 1
"Q" Dia. Rc 3/8
F EFGM-06Y-30 Rc 1-1/4
147(5.79) M16
6(.24) Dia. EFGM-06X-3080 1 BSP .F
19 212(8.35)
(.75) 3/8 BSP .F
250(9.84) EFGM-06Y-3080 1-1/4 BSP .F
EFGM-06X-3090 1 NP T
3/8 NP T 5/8-11 UNC
EFGM-06Y-3090 1-1/4 NP T
P
N
L

Sub-plate Dim ensions m m (Inches)


Model Num bers D E F H J K L N P Q
EFGM-06X-30 55.2 (2.17) 137.8 (5.43) 14.3 (.56) 101.1 (3.98) 106 34 (1.34) 35 (1.38) 45 (1.77) 11
EFGM-06Y-30 30 52 (2.05) 132 (5.20) 19.3 (.76) 91.3 (3.59) (4.17) 39 (1.54) 40 (1.57) 60 (2.36) (.43)
EFGM-06X-3080 (1.18) 55.2 (2.17) 137.8 (5.43) 14.3 (.56) 101.1 (3.98) 34 (1.34) 35 (1.38) 45 (1.77) 15.2 (.60)
116
EFGM-06Y-3080 52 (2.05) 132 (5.20) 19.3 (.76) 91.3 (3.59) (4.57) 39 (1.54) 40 (1.57) 60 (2.36) 15 (.59)
EFGM-06X-3090 35 55.2 (2.17) 137.8 (5.43) 14.3 (.56) 101.1 (3.98) 106 34 (1.34) 35 (1.38) 45 (1.77) 11
EFGM-06Y-3090 (1.38) 52 (2.05) 132 (5.20) 19.3 (.76) 91.3 (3.59) (4.17) 39 (1.54) 40 (1.57) 60 (2.36) (.43)

No.17
E Series

10 Series Flow Control (and Check) PROPORTIONAL
Valves CONTROLS
Typical Performance Characteristics
Input Current vs. Flow
EFG -03 EFG -06
EFCG EFCG
U.S.GPM L /min U.S.GPM L /min
35 125 65 250
30 60

100 200
25 50

EF∗ G-03-125
Flow Rate

Flow Rate
20 75 40 150

15 30
50 100

10 20

25 50
5 EF∗ G-03-60 10

0 0
0 0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 0 200 400 600 800 1000
Input Current mA Input Current mA

Step Response
These characteristics have been EFG -03 EFG -06
obtained by m easuring on each EFCG EFCG
valve. Therefore , they m ay U.S.GPM L /min U.S.GPM L /min
vary according to a hy draulic 150 125 L /min 300 250 L /min
35 (33 U.S.GPM) 70 (66 U.S.GPM)
circuit to be used. 125 250
30 60
25 100 50 200
125 L /min
Flow Rate

Flow Rate

20 75 60 L /min 40 150 (33 U.S.GPM)


(15.9 U.S.GPM)
15 30
50 0.2s 100 0.2s
10 20
5 25 10 50
0 0 Step Signal 0 0 Step Signal

Tim e Tim e

Frequency Response
EFG -03 Frequency (Hz)
EFCG 0.1 0.2 0.4 0.7 1 2 4 7 10 20 40 70
0
-20 -10
Gain
-40 -20
-60 -30
Phase (deg.)

-80
Gain (dB)

Phase
-100
-120
-140
Flow Rate : 65±15 L /min (17±4.0 U.S.GPM)
-160 Supply Pressure : 13.7 MPa (2000 PSI)
-180

EFG -06 Frequency (Hz)


EFCG 0.1 0.2 0.4 0.7 1 2 4 7 10 20 40 70
0
-20 -10
-40 -20
Gain
-60 -30
Phase (deg.)

-80
Gain (dB)

-100
Phase
-120
-140
Flow Rate : 125±25 L /min (33±6.6 U.S.
-160 GPM)
-180

No.18
E Series

10 Series Flow Control (and Check) PROPORTIONAL
Valves CONTROLS
Typical Performance Characteristics

Viscosity vs. Flow


EFG -03 EFG -06
EFCG EFCG
U.S.GPM L/min Oil: ISO VG 46 Oil U.S.GPM L/min Oil: ISO VG 46 Oil
37.5 75
140 280
35.0 70
32.5 125 65 250
30.0 60
110 220
20.0 75 155
Flow Rate

Flow Rate
40
17.5 35
60 125
15.0 30
12.5 45 95
25

7.5 30 15 60
5.0 10
15 30
2.5 5
0 0 0 0
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 °C 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 °C
Temperature Temperature
50 60 80 100 120 140 160 °F 50 60 80 100 120 140 160 °F
200 100 75 50 40 30 20 15 mm2/s 200 100 75 50 40 30 20 15 mm2/s
Viscosity Viscosity
1000 500 300 200 100 80 SSU 1000 500 300 200 100 80 SSU

Differential Pressure vs. Metred Flow


U.S.GPM L/min
EFG -03 37.5 140
EFCG 35.0
32.5 125
30.0 110

H
Flow Rate

22.5 85
20.0
17.5 70
15.0 55

10.0 40
7.5
5.0 25
2.5 10

0 4 8 12 16 20 MPa

0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 PSI


Differential Pressure
U.S.GPM L/min
EFG -06
EFCG 70 270
65 250
60 230
Flow Rate

140
35
120
30
25 100

10 40
5 20
0 0

0 4 8 12 16 20 MPa

0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 PSI


Differential Pressure
No.19
E Series

10 Series Flow Control (and Check) PROPORTIONAL
Valves CONTROLS
Spare Parts List
CAUTION
EFG
EFCG-03-∗ -∗ -51/5190 When making replacement of seals, please do it carefully after
reading through the relevant instructions in the Operator's
Manual.
18 32 16 2 29 37 17 19 26 4 9 6 42 5 13 10 3 40 34 27

List of Seal Kits


Model Num bers Seal Kit Num bers
∗∗ ∗
EFG-03- - -51 KS-EFG-03-51
15 14 41 30 31 25 7 28 12 11 31 39 35 1 8 31 38 33 ∗∗ ∗
EFCG-03- - -51 KS-EFCG-03-51

21 22 36 24 23 List of Seals and Solenoid Ass'y


Item Nam e of P arts P art Num bers Qty .
25 Solenoid Ass'y E318-Y06M1-28-61 1
32 O-Ring SO-NB-G35 1
33 O-Ring SO-NB-P 28 1
34 O-Ring SO-NB-P 28 2
With Check Valve (EFCG-03)
35 O-Ring SO-NB-P 26 1
Note: The connector assem bly GDM-211-B-11 (Item 26) is not included in the solenoid 36 O-Ring SO-NB-P 16 1
assem bly . 37 O-Ring SO-NB-P 14 1
Note: W hen ordering seals, please specify the seal kit num ber from the table right. 38 O-Ring SO-NB-P 9 1
In addition to the above o-rings, o-rings for solenoid ass'y is included in the seal 39 O-Ring SO-NB-P 6 2
kit. 40 O-Ring SO-NA-A016 1
For the detail of the solenoid ass'y seals, see the Catalogue No. P ub. EC-1302.
EFG
EFCG-06-250-∗ -51/5190

23 21 34 22 18 19 39 20 32 42 46 49 30 38 17 7 12 40 47 11 10 9 47 40 12

38
29
A Detail of Section C-C
1
C
C
35
B B List of Seal Kits
33
Model Num bers Seal Kit Num bers
16 EFG-06-250- -51 ∗ ∗ KS-EFG-06-51
13 44 1 45 44 34 24 31 43 2 41 36 15 37 14 38 41 EFCG-06-250- -51 ∗ ∗ KS-EFCG-06-51

With Check Valve (EFCG-06) List of Seals and Solenoid Ass'y


5 6 8 4 3 48 28 Item Nam e of P arts P art Num bers Qty .
39 31 Solenoid Ass'y E318-Y06M1-28-61 1
27 33 O-Ring SO-NA-P 21 1
26 34 O-Ring SO-NB-P 50 3
35 O-Ring SO-NB-P 46 1
Detail of "A" 1 36 O-Ring SO-NB-P 36 1
Section B-B 37 O-Ring SO-NB-P 34 2
38 O-Ring SO-NB-P 32 4
Note: The connector assem bly GDM-211-B-11 (Item 32) is not included in the solenoid 39 O-Ring SO-NA-P 21 1
assem bly . 40 O-Ring SO-NB-P 10 2
Note: W hen ordering seals, please specify the seal kit num ber from the table right. 41 O-Ring SO-NB-P 9 3
In addition to the above o-rings, o-rings for solenoid ass'y is included in the seal Two O-rings are required for the EFCG.
kit.
For the detail of the solenoid ass'y seals, see the Catalogue No. P ub. EC-1302.

No.20
E Series

10 Series Flow Control (and Check) PROPORTIONAL
Valves CONTROLS
Interchangeability between Current and New

Interchangeability betw een Current and New Design


EFG/EFCG-03/06 series valves have changed model from 50 to 51 design in line with the model change of solenoid
ass'y (E318).
Specifications and characteristics
No change in specifications and characteristics between current and new design.
Mounting Interchangeability
There is an interchangeability in the mounting dimensions between current and new design, however, note that
because of improvements made on the solenoids, the overall shapes have been changed as shown below.

Current: Design 50 New: Design 51


Air Vent
3(.12) Hex. Soc.

Adaptor Manual Adj. Screw


22(.87) Hex. 3(.12) Hex. Soc.

Manual Adj. Screw Air Vent


3(.12) Hex. Soc. 3(.12) Hex. Soc.
See EDG-01 (Catalogue No. Pub. EC-1302) 3 Places See EDG-01
for the details of the solenoid ass'y. (Catalogue No. Pub. EC-1302)
for the details of the solenoid ass'y.

DIMENSIONS IN

H
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

No.21
E Se rie s
40 Ω-10 ΩSe rie s Flow Control and Re lie f Valve s PROPORTIONAL
EFBG-03/06/10 (3/8, 3/4, 1-1/4), Sub-plate M ounting CONTROLS
Specifications / Model Number Designation

Specifications
Model No. EFBG-03 EFBG-06 EFBG-10
Description -125- -17∗ ∗ -250- -17∗ ∗ -500- -17∗ ∗
Max. Operating P ressure 24.5 (3550) 24.5 (3550) 24.5 (3550)
MP a (P SI)

Max. Flow L /m in (U.S.GP M) 125 (33) 250 (66) 500 (132)

Metred Flow Adj ustm ent Range 1-125 2.5-250 5-500


L /m in (U.S.GP M) (.26-33) (.66-66) (1.32-132)
Rated Current 600 m A 580 m A 700 m A
43.5 Ω 43.5 Ω 43.5 Ω
Flow Controls

Coil Resistance
Differential P ressure
0.6 (85) 0.7 (100) 0.9 (130)
MP a (P SI)
Hy steresis Less than 7% Less than 7% Less than 7%
Repeatability Less than 1% Less than 1% Less than 1%
C : 1.4-13.7 C : 1.5-13.7 C : 1.6-13.7
2
1 (205-2000) (220-2000) (230-2000)
P res. Adj . Range MP a (P SI)
H : 1.4-20.6 H : 1.5-20.6 H : 1.6-20.6
Pressure Controls

(205-3000) (220-3000) (230-3000)

Rated Current C : 750 m A C : 690 m A C : 690 m A


H : 750 m A H : 730 m A H : 690 m A
Coil Resistance 10 Ω 10 Ω 10 Ω
Hy steresis Less than 3% Less than 3% Less than 3%
Repeatability Less than 1% Less than 1% Less than 1%
Approx. Mass kg (lbs.) Refer to page 24 to 26
1. The specifications for pressure controls are applied to m odels with proportional pilot relief
valve. (Ex. EFBG-03-125-C- -17) ∗
2. The m axim um pressure adj ustm ent range of the m odels without proportional pilot relief valves
is 24.5 MP a (3550 P SI).

Model Number Designation


EFB G -03 -125 -C -17 ∗
Series Ty pe of Valve Max. Metred Flow P roportional P ilot Relief Valve Design Design
Num ber Mounting Size L /m in (U.S.GP M) P ressure Adj ustm ent Range Num ber Standards

EFB : 03 125: 125 ( 33) 17


C, H :
P roportional See Specifications
G:
Electro- Sub-plate
Hy draulic 06 250: 250 ( 66) 17 Refer to
Mounting None:
Flow Control
and Relief W ithout P roportional
Valve 10 500: 500 ( 132) P ilot Relief Valve 17

Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS" and European Design Standard
90 ............... N. Am erican Design Standard

Graphic Sym bols


A A

Y Y

O O
M M
V

T
P

With Proportional Pilot Relief Valve Without Proportional Pilot Relief Valve

No.22
E Se rie s
40 Ω-10 ΩSe rie s Flow Control and Re lie f Valve s PROPORTIONAL
EFBG-03/06/10 CONTROLS
Sub-plate / Instructions / Others

Attachment
Mounting Bolts
Valve Model Socket Head Cap Screw
Qty .
Num bers Japanese Std. "JIS" and European Design Std. N. Am erican Design Std.
EFBG-03 M10 × 100 Lg. 3/8-16 UNC × 4 Lg. 4
EFBG-06 M16 × 130 Lg. 5/8-11 UNC × 5 Lg. 4
EFBG-10 M20 × 130 Lg. 3/4-10 UNC × 5 Lg. 4

Applicable Pow er Amplifiers


For stable performance, it is recommended that Yuken's applicable power amplifiers be used (for details see
the Catalogue No. Pub. EC-1305).
P ower Am plifier Model Num bers
Model Num bers
For Flow Control For P res. Control
EFBG-03-125-17/1790 ∗
AME-D-S- -32
EFBG-06-250-17/1790 ∗
AME-DF-S- -22
EFBG-10-500-17/1790 ∗
AME-T-S- -22
03
EFBG- 06 - - C -17/1790
∗ AME-D2-H1- -12∗
10 H

Sub-plate

H
Valve Japanese Standard "JIS" European Design Standard N. Am erican Design Standard
Approx. Mass
Model Sub-plate Sub-plate Sub-plate kg (lbs.)
Model Num bers Thread Size
Num bers Thread Size Thread Size
Model Num bers Model Num bers
EFBGM-03Y-10 Rc 3/4 EFBGM-03Y-1080 3/4 BSP .F EFBGM-03Y-1090 3/4 NP T
EFBG-03 6 (13.2)
EFBGM-03Z-10 Rc 1 EFBGM-03Z-1080 1 BSP .F EFBGM-03Z-1090 1 NP T
EFBGM-06X-10 Rc 1 EFBGM-06X-1080 1 BSP .F EFBGM-06X-1090 1 NP T 12.5 (27.6)
EFBG-06
EFBGM-06Y-10 Rc 1-1/4 EFBGM-06Y-1080 1-1/4 BSP .F EFBGM-06Y-1090 1-1/4 NP T 16 (35.3)
1-1/2, 2 1-1/2, 2 1-1/2, 2
EFBG-10 EFBGM-10Y-10 Flange EFBGM-10Y-1080 Flange EFBGM-10Y-1090 Flange 37 (81.6)
Mounting Mounting Mounting

Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate m odel num ber from the table above. W hen sub-plates are not used, the m ounting surface should
have a good m achined finish.
W hen ordering the EFBGM-10Y, see Ty pe F3 P ipe Flange Kits on the Catalogue No. P ub. EC-3001 and order an appropriate pipe flange kit also.

Instructions
Drain Back Pressure
Check that the drain back pressure dose not exceed 0.2 MPa (29 PSI).
When Relief Valve Passing Flow Rate is Low in Pressure Control State
To avoid preselected pressure instability, use a passing flow rate of 10 L/min (2.6 U.S.GPM) or higher for nominal sizes
03 and 06 or 15 L/min (4.0 U.S.GPM) or higher for nominal size 10.
Further, check that the tank-line back pressure does not exceed 0.5 MPa (70 PSI).
Safety Valve Pressure Setting
The pressure of the safety valve is preset at the value equal to the upper limit of the pressure adjustment range plus
2 MPa (290 PSI). Please adjust the pressure of the valve so preset to meet the pressure to be used actually.
To lower the pressure setting, turn the safety valve pressure adjustment screw anti-clockwise. After adjustment, be sure
to tighten the lock nut.

No.23
E Se rie s
40 Ω-10 ΩSe rie s Flow Control and Re lie f Valve s PROPORTIONAL
EFBG-03 CONTROLS
Installation Drawing

Models w ith Proportional Pilot Relief Valve Cable Departure


Cable Applicable:
C Outside Dia.. . . 8-10 mm
EFBG-03-125-H-17/1790 Air Vent (.31 - .39 in.)
3 (.12) Hex. Soc. Conductor Area
188 . . . Not Exceeding 2
Pressure Adj. Screw 1.5 mm
for Safety Valve (7.40) (.002 sq. in.)
3 (.12) Hex. Soc. INC. 61.7
Inlet Port "P "
(2.43)

(1.40)
Lock Nut 10 (.39) Hex. 37.7

35.5
(1.48)

(.56)
14.2
(1.50)
38

(2.43)
Fully Extended

61.8
(3.96)
100.6
216(8.50)

(5.12)
(4.00)
101.6

130
(1.54)
39
11 (.43) Dia. Through
50.8
17.5 (.69) Dia. Spotface
(2.00) 4 Places
11.7 101.6 Tank Port "T "
The direction can (.46) (4.00)
be altered to every 125 Manual Flow Adjustment
90 degree angles (4.92) M4 Thd. (Internal Thd.)
INC.
Outlet Port "A " Vent Port "V "
Drain Port "Y "

Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia.. . . 8-10 mm
(.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area Connector Connector
. . . Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2 The direction can be altered
80
(.002 sq. in.) (3.15) to 90 degree angles.

Air Vent 3 (.12) Hex. Soc.


3 Places

Manual Pressure Adj. Screw


(1.54)
39

3 (.12) Hex. Soc.


INC.
(8.35)
212
(1.61) (2.26)
57.5

(4.92)
(4.35)
110.5

125
(3.35)
85
41

DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
(.24)

Mounting Surface
6

(O-Rings Furnished) Two Locating Pins


6(.24) Dia.
Manual flow adjustment can be done by screwing for example Approx. Mass ...... 16 kg
an × (35.3 lbs.)
M4 20L screw in the M4 thread or pushing in a rod etc.
there. w ithout Proportional Pilot Relief Valve
Models 174
(6.85)
EFBG-03-125-17/1790 47.7
(1.88)
29.7
(1.17)
Fully Extended

(40.4)
102.5

Lock Nut 10 (.39) Hex.


Pressure Adjustment
Screw for Safety Valve
3(.12) Hex. Soc. Approx. Mass ...... 14 kg
INC. (30.9 lbs.)
For other dim ensions, please refer to the m odels with proportinal pilot relief valve.

No.24
E Se rie s
40 Ω-10 ΩSe rie s Flow Control and Re lie f Valve s PROPORTIONAL
EFBG-06 CONTROLS
Installation Drawing

Models w ith Proportional Pilot Relief Valve


Cable Departure
C
EFBG-06-250-H-17/1790 Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia.. . . 8-10 mm
Pressure Adj. Screw (.31 - .39 in.)
for Safety Valve Conductor Area
3(.12) Hex. Soc. INC. . . . Not Exceeding 2
1.5 mm
247 (.002 sq. in.)
Lock Nut (9.72)
10(.39) Hex. 67
(2.64) Inlet Port "P "

Extended
43

(1.28)
32.5
Fully
(1.69)

(.80)
20.3
Air Vent
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.

Fully Extended

(3.23)
(4.18)
106.2
216(8.50)

82

(5.25)

(6.85)
133.4

174
(1.54)
39

73 17.5(.69) Dia. Through


(2.87) 26(1.02) Dia. Spotface
The direction can 4 Places
17 146.1
be altered to every
(.67) (5.75)
90 degree angles. Tank Port "T "
180
(7.09)
Manual Flow Adjustment
Outlet Port "A " M4 Thd. (Internal Thd.) INC.
Drain Port "Y " Vent Port "V "
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia.. . . 8-10 mm Connector
(.31 - .39 in.) 80 The direction can be altered
Conductor Area Connector (3.15) to 90 degree angles.
. . . Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2

(1.54)
(.002 sq. in.)

H
39
Air Vent
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places (9.65)
245
(2.44) (2.26)
57.5

(6.18)
157
(5.18)
131.5

(4.21)
107
62

(.28)

Manual Pressure
7

Mounting Surface Two Locating Pins


Adjustment Screw (O-Rings Furnished) 16 (.63) Dia.
3(.12) Hex. Soc. INC.
Approx. Mass ...... 30 kg (66.2 lbs.)
DIMENSIONS IN
× 20L screw in the M4 thread
Manual flow adj ustm ent can be done by screwing for exam ple an M4
MILLIMETRES (INCHES) or pushing in a rod etc. there.

Models w ithout Proportional Pilot Relief Valve


238
EFBG-06-250-17/1790 (9.37)
58
(2.28)
43
(1.69)
Fully Extended
119(4.69)

Lock Nut
10(.39) Hex. Manual Pressure Adj. Screw
3(.12) Hex. Soc. INC.
Approx. Mass ...... 28 kg (61.7 lbs.)
For other dim ensions, please refer to the m odels with P roportional P ilot Relief Valve.

No.25
E Se rie s
40 Ω-10 ΩSe rie s Flow Control and Re lie f Valve s PROPORTIONAL
EFBG-10 CONTROLS
Installation Drawing

Models w ith Proportional Pilot Relief Valve Cable Departure


Cable Applicable:
C Inlet Port "P " Outside Dia.. . . 8-10 mm
EFBG-10-500-H-17/1790 (.31 - .39 in.)
Pressure Adj. Screw Conductor Area
for Safety Valve . . . Not Exceeding 2
INC. 1.5 mm
3(.12) Hex. Soc. 315
(.002 sq. in.)
(12.40)
Lock Nut 73.5 M8 Thd. 16(.63) Deep
10(.39) Hex. 2 Places
(2.89) For Eye Bolts
48.5

(.89)
22.5

(.91)
(1.91)

23
Air Vent
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.

Fully Extended

(4.59)

(4.53)
116.5
216(8.50)

115

(7.00)

(8.82)
177.8

224
(1.54)
39
98.5 21.5(.85) Dia. Through
(3.88) 32(1.26) Dia. Spotface
The direction can 4 Places
23.5 196.9
be altered to every (.93) (7.75)
90 degree angles. Tank Port "T "
244
(9.61)
Cable Departure Outlet Port "A " Manual Flow Adjustment
Cable Applicable: M4 Thd. (Internal Thd.) INC.
Outside Dia.. . . 8-10 mm Drain Port "Y "
Vent Port "V "
(.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area
. . . Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2 Connector
Connector
(.002 sq. in.) The direction can be altered
80 to 90 degree angles.
(3.15)

(1.54)
Manual Pressure
(2.26)

39
57.5

Adjustment Screw INC.


3(.12) Hex. Soc.

(10.79)
274
(8.64)
219.5

(7.36)
(5.91)

187
150

(4.21)
107
(2.76)
70

Air Vent
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places
(.39)
10

Mounting Surface Two Locating Pins


(O-Rings Furnished) 18(.71) Dia.

Approx. Mass ...... 60 kg (132 lbs.)


DIMENSIONS IN
Manual adj ustm ent can be done by screwing for exam ple an×M4 20 L screw in the M4 thread or
MILLIMETRES (INCHES) pushing in a rod etc. there.

Models w ithout Proportional Pilot Relief Valve 301


(11.85)
EFBG-10-500-17/1790 59.5
(2.34)
41.5
(1.63)
Fully Extended
145.5(5.73)

Lock Nut
10(.39) Hex. Pressure Adj. Screw
for Safety Valve INC.
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
Approx. Mass ...... 58 kg (128 lbs.)
For other dim ensions, please refer to the m odels with P roportional P ilot Relief Valve.

No.26
E Se rie s
Sub-plate for PROPORTIONAL
40 Ω-10 ΩSe rie s Flow Control and Re lie f Valve s CONTROLS
Installation Drawing

Sub-plate
EFBGM-03Y/03Z-10/1080/1090
"C " Thd. "D " Deep 11.7 125(4.92)
4 Places 23(.91) Dia.
(.46) 3 Places
102.4(4.03)
0.8
11(.43) Dia. Through 101.6(4.00)
(.03)
17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface
4 Places 77.8(3.06) 7(.28) Dia.
50.8(2.00) 7(.28) Deep
2 Places
23.8(.94)
(.56)
14.2

28.6 (.50)
12.7
20(.79)

(1.13)
59(2.32)
101.6(4.00)

80(3.15)

88.9(3.50)
95.3(3.75)
130(5.12)

100(3.94)

22.2
"A " Thd.
(.87) 39.2 (From Rear)
Sub-plate Thread Size m m (in.)
"E " Dia. (1.54) 3 Places
"B " Thd.(From Rear) Model Num bers "A" Thd. "B" Thd. "C" Thd. D E
106.8(4.20)
11 EFBGM-03Y-10 Rc 3/4
146(5.75) 11
(.43) "B " Thd. Rc 1/4
EFBGM-03Z-10 Rc 1 (.43)
168(6.61) M10 18 (.71)
6(.24) Dia. EFBGM-03Y-1080 3/4 BSP .F 11.7
1/4 BSP .F
EFBGM-03Z-1080 1 BSP .F (.46)
(1.57)

EFBGM-03Y-1090 3/4 NP T 11
40

1/4 NP T 3/8-16 UNC 21 (.83)


EFBGM-03Z-1090 1 NP T (.43)
(.79)
20

H
DIMENSIONS IN
EFBGM-06X/06Y-10/1080/1090 MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

"J " Thd. "K " Deep 17 180(7.09) 29(1.14) Dia.


4 Places 146.1(5.75) 3 Places
(.67)
144.5(5.69) 17(.67) Dia. 10(.39) Deep
17.5(.69) Dia. Through 118.1(4.65) 2 Places
26(1.02) Dia. spotface 73.1(2.88)
41.3(1.63)

4 Places 28.1(1.11)
12.7(.50)
(.94)

(.80)
20.3
24

1.6(.06)
85.7(3.37)
3.7(.15)

107(4.21)
133.4(5.25)
174(6.85)
126(4.96)

16(.63)
B

"E " Thd.


33(1.30) 3 Places (From Rear)
19(.75)
212(8.35) 6.2(.24) Dia.
250(9.84) "H " Thd. (From Rear) Dim ensions m m (in.)
Sub-plate
"L" Dia. Model No. B C D
"F" Thd. (From Rear)
EFBGM-06X 103.3 (4.07) 45 (1.77) 35 (1.38)
C

EFBGM-06Y 95 (3.74) 60 (2.36) 40 (1.54)


D

Sub-plate Thread Size m m (in.)


Model No. "E" Thd. "F" Thd. "H" Thd. "J" Thd. K L
EFBGM-06X-10 Rc 1 30 14
Rc 3/8 Rc 1/4 M 16
EFBGM-06Y-10 Rc 1-1/4 (1.18) (.55)
EFBGM-06X-1080 1 BSP .F 30 15.2
3/8 BSP .F 1/4 BSP .F M 16
EFBGM-06Y-1080 1-1/4 BSP .F (1.18) (.60)
EFBGM-06X-1090 1 NP T 35 14
3/8 NP T 1/4 NP T 5/8-11 UNC
EFBGM-06Y-1090 1-1/4 NP T (1.38) (.55)

No.27
E Se rie s
Sub-plate for PROPORTIONAL
40 Ω-10 ΩSe rie s Flow Control and Re lie f Valve s CONTROLS
Installation Drawing

EFBGM-10Y-10/1080/1090 DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

244(9.61)
23.5
198.4(7.81) 43.5(1.71) Dia.
(.93) 3 Places
"D " Thd. "F" Deep
4 Places 196.9(7.75)
"E " Thd. "F" Deep
12 Places (From Rear)
21.5(.85) Dia. Through 162(6.38)
32(1.26) Dia. spotface 98.5 20(.79) Dia. 15(.59) Deep
4 Places (3.88) 2 Places
(1.42)

1.6 35 73
36.1

(.91)
23
(.06) (1.38) (2.87)
119(4.69)

(.69)
(2.19) 17.5
144.5(5.69)
177.8(7.00)
250(9.84)

(1.14)
29
55.5

(8.82)
224
(2.87)
73
43.5
(1.71) 73 73 48(1.89) Dia.
3 Places (From Rear)
(2.87) (2.87)
72 "H " Dia.
(2.83) "B " Thd. (From Rear)
212(8.35)
25
284(11.18)
(.98)
334(13.15)
6.2(.24) Dia.
"C " Thd. (From Rear)
(3.15)
80
(1.97)
50

Sub-plate Thread Size


Model No. "B" Thd. "C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd.
EFBGM-10Y-10 Rc 3/8 Rc 1/4
M20 M16
EFBGM-10Y-1080 3/8 BSP .F 1/4 BSP .F
EFBGM-10Y-1090 3/8 NP T 1/4 NP T 3/4-10 UNC 5/8-11 UNC

Sub-plate m m (in.)
Model No. F H
EFBGM-10Y-10 14 (.55)
32 (1.26)
EFBGM-10Y-1080 15.2 (.60)
EFBGM-10Y-1090 34 (1.34) 14 (.55)

No.28
E Se rie s
40 Ω-10 ΩSe rie s Flow Control and Re lie f Valve s PROPORTIONAL
EFBG-03/06/10 CONTROLS
Typical Performance Characteristics
Step Response
These characteristics have been obtained by measuring on each valve.
Therefore, they may vary according to a hydraulic circuit to be used.
Flow Controls
EFBG-03 EFBG-06 EFBG-10
U.S.GPM L /min U.S.GPM L /min U.S.GPM L /min
160 80 300 600
40 150
35 140 70 250 500
125
30 120 60
200 400
Flow Rate

Flow Rate

Flow Rate
100 50 0.1s 100 0.1s
25
20 80 40 150 75 300
0.1s
15 60 30 50 200
100
10 40 Step Signal 20 Step Signal
100 Step Signal
50 25
5 20 10
0 0
0 0 0
0
Tim e Tim e Tim e

Pressure Controls
EFBG-03 EFBG-06 EFBG-10
PSI MPa PSI MPa PSI MPa
22 22 22
3000 3000 3000
EFBG-03-125-H EFBG-06-250-H EFBG-10-500-H
18 18 18
2500 2500 2500
Pressure

Pressure

Pressure
2000 14 2000 14 2000 14
EFBG-03-125-C EFBG-06-250-C EFBG-10-500-C
0.2s 0.2s 0.2s
1500 10 1500 10 1500 10

1000 Step Signal 1000 Step Signal 1000 Step Signal


6 6 6

H
Tim e Tim e Tim e

Input Current vs. Flow


EFBG-03 EFBG-06 EFBG-10
U.S.GPM L /min U.S.GPM L /min U.S.GPM L /min
35
125 80 300 500
125
30 70
100 250 400
25 60 100
Flow Rate

Flow Rate

Flow Rate

50 200
20 75 75 300
40 150
15 200
50 30 50
10 100
20 25 100
25
5 50
10
0
0 0 0
0 0 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700
Input Current mA
Input Current mA Input Current mA

Input Current vs. Pressure


EFBG-03 EFBG-06 EFBG-10
PSI MPa PSI MPa PSI MPa
25 25 25
3500 3500 3500

3000 20 3000 20 EFBG-06 3000 20 EFBG-10


-250-H -500-H
2500 EFBG-03 2500 2500
Pressure

Pressure

Pressure

-125-H
15 15 15
2000 2000 2000

1500 10 1500 10 1500 10

1000 EFBG-03-125-C 1000 EFBG-06-250-C 1000 EFBG-10-500-C


5 5 5
500 500 500
0 0 0
0 0 0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 0 200 400 600 800 1000 0 200 400 600 800 1000
Input Current mA Input Current mA Input Current mA

No.29
E Se rie s
40 Ω-10 ΩSe rie s Flow Control and Re lie f Valve s PROPORTIONAL
EFBG-03/06 CONTROLS
Spare Parts List

EFBG-03-125-∗ -17/1790 48
EFBG-06-250-∗ -17/1790
18 37 38 17 2 25 53 35 6 33 7 3 1 4 5
23 25
28 20
46 16
52 31 49 15
21
27 32
9 41
8 42
A
A 11 43
24 44
26 45
39 49 47 19 36 29 34
B

22
40
41
32
50
15
10
16
13 51 12 30 14
28
Detail of "B" 17 23 37 38 18

48
Without Proportional
Pilot Relief Valve
Section A-A

List of Seals
P art Num bers
CAUTION
Item Nam e of P arts Qty .
EFBG-03 EFBG-06 When making replacement of seals, please do
23 O-Ring SO-NA-P 6 SO-NA-P 6 1 it carefully after reading through the relevant
instructions in the Operator's Manual.
24 O-Ring SO-NB-G30 SO-NB-P 44 1
25 O-Ring SO-NB-P 32 SO-NB-P 42 2
26 O-Ring SO-NB-P 28 SO-NB-P 32 3
List of Seal Kits
27 O-Ring SO-NB-P 34 1
28 O-Ring SO-NB-P 14 SO-NB-P 14 1 Model Num bers Seal Kit Num bers
29 O-Ring SO-NB-P 11 SO-NB-P 11 1 EFBG-03-125-17 ∗ KS-EFBG-03-17
30 O-Ring SO-NA-P 10 1 EFBG-03-125-C/H-17 ∗ KS-EFBG-03-C-17
31 O-Ring SO-NB-P 9 SO-NB-P 9 1 EFBG-06-250-17 ∗ KS-EFBG-06-17
32 O-Ring SO-NB-A013 SO-NB-A013 1 EFBG-06-250-C/H-17 ∗ KS-EFBG-06-C-17

Solenoid Ass'y and Safety valves


Valve Model Num bers 47 Solenoid Ass'y Model No. 46 Solenoid Ass'y Model No. 48 Safety Valve Model No.
EFBG-03-125-C/H-17/1790
E318-Y06M2-05-61
EFBG-06-250-C/H-17/1790
E321-45-20 SB1094-2002
EFBG-03-125-17/1790
EFBG-06-250-17/1790
Note: The connector assem bly GDM-211-B-11 is not included in the solenoid assem bly .
W hen ordering seals, please specify the seal kit num ber from the table above.
In addition to the above o-rings, o-rings for solenoid ass'y 46 and47 are included in the seal kit.
For the details of seals for solenoid ass'y 46 , see page12 and for solenoid ass'y47 see Catalogue No. P ub. EC-1302.

No.30
E Se rie s
40 Ω-10 ΩSe rie s Flow Control and Re lie f Valve s PROPORTIONAL
EFBG-10 CONTROLS
Spare Parts List

EFBG-10-500-∗ -17/1790

29 32 21 35 6 7 33 3 4 21 5 30
42
45
45 22
31 1
43 9
11
8
A A
10
20
23
39
C 2 32 27 32 33 36 26 34

Section A-A
Detail of Safety Valve
(Item 44)
28 15 25 19 37 38 29 2
41
14
12
24 B

13

H
16 18 17
40 44
B
Detail of "C" Section B-B Without Proportional
Pilot Relief Valve

List of Seals and Solenoid Ass'y


Item Nam e of P arts P art Num bers Qty .
CAUTION
19 O-Ring SO-NA-P 6 1 When making replacement of seals, please do
20 O-Ring SO-NB-G60 1 it carefully after reading through the relevant
21 O-Ring SO-NB-G55 2 instructions in the Operator's Manual.
22 O-Ring SO-NB-P 50 1
23 O-Ring SO-NB-P 48 3
24 O-Ring SO-NA-P 10 1
25 O-Ring SO-NB-P 14 1
26 O-Ring SO-NB-P 11 1 List of Seal Kits
27 O-Ring P O-NB-P 11 1 Model Num bers Seal Kit Num bers
28 O-Ring SO-NB-A013 1 EFBG-10-500-17 ∗ KS-EFBG-10-17
42 Solenoid Ass'y E321-45-20 1 EFBG-10-500-C/H-17 ∗ KS-EFBG-10-C-17
Note: The connector assem bly GDM-211-B-11 is not included in the solenoid assem bly .
W hen ordering seals, please specify the seal kit num ber from the table right.
In addition to the above o-rings, o-rings for P ilot Valve and solenoid ass'y are included in the seal kit.

Pilot Valves and Safety Valves


Valve Model Num bers 43 P roportional P ilot Relief Valve Model Num bers 44 Safety Valve Model Num bers
EFBG-10-500-17/1790 SB1094-2002
EFBG-10-500-C-17/1790 EDG-01V-C-1-P 18T17-5103
EFBG-10-500-H-17/1790 EDG-01V-H-1-P NT13-5103
Note: Refer to Catalogue No.P ub.EC-1302 of the P roportional P ilot Relief Valve for details of the pilot valve.

No.31
E Se rie s
40 Ω-10 ΩSe rie s Flow Control and Re lie f Valve s PROPORTIONAL
EFBG-03/06/10 CONTROLS
Interchangeability between Current and New
Interchangeability betw een Current and New Design
Model changes have been made from 15 to 17-design in the EFBG-03/06 because of changes in the pilot valve building-
in method and in EFBG-10 because of model changes in the pilot valve.
Specification and Characteristics
No changes in specifications and characteristics between current and new design.
Interchangeability in Installation
EFBG-03/06
There is an interchangeability in installation. However, the method of building in the pilot valve has been changed,
bringing about changes in the appearance shapes and dimensions as shown below.

Current : Design 15 New : Design 17


Fully Fully
A Extended A
Extended Air Vent
Solenoid Ass'y B C
Solenoid Ass'y B C E321-45-20 Manual Pressure
E321-45-10 Adj. Screw
Cable Deperture
Cable Deperture
E
D

E
D
Pressure Adj. Screw
F

for Safety Valve

F
See EDG-01 (Catalogue No. Pub. EC-1302)
for the details of the solenoid ass'y Pressure Adj. Screw
for Safety Valve Air Vent
Manual Pressure Adj. Screw See EDG-01 (Catalogue No. Pub. EC-1302) 3 Places
for the details of the solenoid ass'y

Model Num bers A B C D E F


(Current) EFBG-03-125- ∗-17/1790 216 (8.50) 38 (1.50) 23.5 (.93) 164 (6.46) 212 (8.35) 41 (1.61)
(New) EFBG-03-125- ∗-15/1590 217 (8.54) 47 (1.85) 25.7 (1.01) 164.3 (6.47) 213 (8.39) 101.5 (4.00)
(Current) EFBG-06-250- ∗-17/1790 216 (8.50) 32.5 (1.28) 3 (.12) 196 (7.72) 245 (9.65) 62 (2.44)
(New) EFBG-06-250- ∗-15/1590 217 (8.54) 39.5 (1.56) 5.5 (.22) 196.3 (7.73) 245 (9.65) 130 (5.12)

EFBG-10
The mounting surface are interchangeable. Only the appearance shapes are different as follows;

Current : Design 15 New : Design 17


Solenoid Ass'y Air Vent Solenoid Ass'y Manual Pressure
E321-45-10 E321-45-20 Adj. Screw

Manual Pressure
Pressure Adj. Screw Pressure Adj. Screw
Adj. Screw
for Safety Valve for Safety Valve

Air Vent
3 Places

Proportional Pilot Valve See EDG-01 Proportional Pilot Valve See EDG-01
EDG-01-50 ∗ Design (Catalogue No. Pub. EC-1302) EDG-01-51 ∗ Design (Catalogue No. Pub. EC-1302)
for the details of the solenoid ass'y for the details of the solenoid ass'y

DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

No.32
E Se rie s
10 Ω-10 Ω Se rie s Flow Control and Re lie f Valve s PROPORTIONAL
EFBG-03/06/10 (3/8, 3/4, 1-1/4), Sub-plate CONTROLS
Specifications

Specifications
Model Num bers EFBG-03 EFBG-06 EFBG-10
Description ∗∗ ∗
-125- - -61 ∗∗ ∗
-250- - -61 ∗∗ ∗
-500- - -51

Max. Operating P ressure 24.5 (3550) 24.5 (3550) 24.5 (3550)


MP a (P SI)

Max. Flow L /m in (U.S.GP M) 125 (33) 250 (66) 500 (132)

Metred Flow Adj ustm ent Range 1-125 2.5-250 5-500


L /m in (U.S.GP M) (.26-33) (.66-66) (1.32-132)
Min. P ilot P ressure MP a (P SI) 1.5 (220) 1.5 (220) 1.5 (220)
P ilot Flow at Norm al 1 (.26) 1 (.26) 1 (.26)
L /m in (U.S.GP M) at Transition 3 (.79) 4 (1.06) 6 (1.59)
Rated Current 800 m A 750 m A 900 m A
10 Ω 10 Ω 10 Ω
Flow Controls

Coil Resistance
Differential P ressure
0.7 (100) 0.7 (100) 0.9 (130)
MP a (P SI)
Hy steresis Less than 3% Less than 3% Less than 3%
Repeatability Less than 1% Less than 1% Less than 1%
C : 1.4-15.7 C : 1.4-15.7 C : 1.5-15.7
2
1 (200-2275) (200-2275) (220-2275)
P res. Adj . Range MP a (P SI)
H : 1.4-24.5 H : 1.4-24.5 H : 1.5-24.5
Pressure Controls

(200-3550) (200-3550) (220-3550)


C : 890 m A C : 820 m A C : 800 m A
Rated Current H : 930 m A H : 880 m A H : 900 m A
Coil Resistance 10 Ω 10 Ω 10 Ω
Hy steresis Less than 3% Less than 3% Less than 3%
Repeatability Less than 1% Less than 1% Less than 1%

H
Approx. Mass kg (lbs.) Refer to page 35 to 37
1. The specifications for pressure controls are applied to m odels with proportional pilot relief
valve. (Ex. EFBG-03-125-C- -61) ∗
2. The m axim um pressure adj ustm ent range of the m odels without proportional pilot relief
valves is 24.5 MP a (3550 P SI).

Graphic Sym bols


With Proportional Pilot Relief Valve Without Proportional Pilot Relief Valve
External Pilot Internal Pilot External Pilot Internal Pilot
A A

Y Y
X X

O O O O
M M M M
V

T
P

No.33
E Se rie s
10 Ω-10 ΩSe rie s Flow Control and Re lie f Valve s PROPORTIONAL
EFBG-03/06/10 CONTROLS
Model Number Designation / Others

Model Number Designation


EFB G -03 -125 -C -E -61 ∗
Series Ty pe of Valve Max. Metred Flow P roportional P ilot Relief P ilot Design Design
Num ber Mounting Size L /m in (U.S.GP M) Valve P ressure Adj . Range Connection Num ber Standards

EFB : 03 125: 125 ( 33) C, H : None: 61


P roportional Electro- G: See Specifications Internal P ilot
Hy draulic Flow Sub-plate 06 250: 250 ( 66) None: 61 Refer to
Control and Relief Mounting E:
W ithout P roportional
Valve 10 500: 500 ( 132) External P ilot 51
P ilot Relief Valve
Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS" and European Design Standard
90 ............... N. Am erican Design Standard

Attachment
Mounting Bolts
Valve Model Socket Head Cap Screw
Qty .
Num bers Japanese Std. "JIS" and European Design Std. N. Am erican Design Std.
EFBG-03 M10 × 65 Lg. 3/8-16 UNC × 2-1/2 Lg. 4
EFBG-06 M16 × 100 Lg. 5/8-11 UNC × 4 Lg. 4
EFBG-10 M20 × 130 Lg. 3/4-10 UNC × 5 Lg. 4

Applicable Pow er Amplifiers


For stable performance, it is recommended that Yuken's applicable power amplifiers be used (for details see Catalogue
No. Pub. EC-1305).
P ower Am plifier Model Num bers
Model Num bers
For Flow Control For P res. Control
EFBG-03-125-(E)-61/6190
EFBG-06-250-(E)-61/6190
AME-D-10- -20 ∗
AMN-D-10 (For DC P ower Supply )
EFBG-10-500-(E)-51/5190
EFBG-03-125-C/H-(E)-61/6190
EFBG-06-250-C/H-(E)-61/6190
EFBG-10-500-C/H-(E)-51/5190

AME-D2-1010- -10

Sub-plate
Valve Japanese Standard "JIS" European Design Standard N. Am erican Design Standard
Approx. Mass
Model Sub-plate Sub-plate Sub-plate
Model Num bers Thread Size
Num bers Thread Size Thread Size kg (lbs.)
Model Num bers Model Num bers
EFBGM-03Y-20 Rc 3/4 EFBGM-03Y-2080 3/4 BSP .F EFBGM-03Y-2090 3/4 NP T
EFBG-03 6 (13.2)
EFBGM-03Z-20 Rc 1 EFBGM-03Z-2080 1 BSP .F EFBGM-03Z-2090 1 NP T
EFBGM-06X-20 Rc 1 EFBGM-06X-2080 1 BSP .F EFBGM-06X-2090 1 NP T 12.5 (27.6)
EFBG-06
EFBGM-06Y-20 Rc 1-1/4 EFBGM-06Y-2080 1-1/4 BSP .F EFBGM-06Y-2090 1-1/4 NP T 16 (35.3)
1-1/2, 2 1-1/2, 2 1-1/2, 2
EFBG-10 EFBGM-10Y-20 Flange EFBGM-10Y-2080 Flange EFBGM-10Y-2090 Flange 37 (81.6)
Mounting Mounting Mounting
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate m odel num ber from the table above. W hen sub-plates are not used, the m ounting surface should
have a good m achined finish.
W hen ordering the EFBGM-10Y, see Ty pe F3 P ipe Flange Kits on the Catalogue No. P ub. EC-3001 and order an appropriate pipe flange kit also.

Instructions
Drain Back Pressure
Check that the drain back pressure dose not exceed 0.2 MPa (29 PSI).
When Relief Valve Passing Flow Rate is Low in Pressure Control State
To avoid preselected pressure instability, use a passing flow rate of 15 L/min (4.0 U.S.GPM) or higher.
Further, check that the tank-line back pressure dose not exceed 0.5 MPa (70 PSI).
Safety Valve Pressure Setting
The pressure of the safety valve is preset at the value equal to the upper limit of the pressure adjustment range plus
2 MPa (290 PSI). Please adjust the pressure of the valve so preset to meet the pressure to be used actually.
To lower the pressure setting, turn the safety valve pressure adjustment screw anti-clockwise. After adjustment, be sure
to tighten the lock nut.

No.34
E Se rie s
10 Ω-10 ΩSe rie s Flow Control and Re lie f Valve s PROPORTIONAL
EFBG-03 CONTROLS
Installation Drawing

Models w ith Proportional Pilot Relief Valve


130
C (5.12)
EFBG-03-125-H-(E)-61/6190 14.2 101.6
(.56) (4.00) 11(.43) Dia. Through
94.8 17.5(.69) Dia. C'Bore
(3.73) 4 Places
Outlet Port "A " 61.8
(2.43)
12.8
Pilot Pressure Port "X "

(.08)
Vent Port "V " (.50)

(.46)
11.7

2
(1.31)
33.3

(4.00)

(4.92)
101.6

(5.20)
125

132
(2.00)

(2.26)
50.8

57.5
Inlet Port "P " Tank Port "T "
Manual Pressure Adj. Screw Manual Flow Adj. Screw
Drain Port "Y " 3(.12) Hex. Soc. 3(.12) Hex. Soc. INC.
View Arrow Z INC.
Cable Departure Cable Departure
Cable Applicable: Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia.. . . 8-10 mm Outside Dia.. . . 8-10 mm
(.31 - .39 in.) (.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area Conductor Area
. . . Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2 . . . Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2
(.002 sq. in.) (.002 sq. in.)

Models w ithout
Proportional Pilot Relief Valve

H
EFBG-03-125-(E)-61/6190

Air Vent Air Vent


3 (.12) Hex. Soc. 3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places 3 Places
Pressure Adj. Screw
for Safety Valve
3(.12) Hex. Soc. INC.
(1.54)

Lock Nut
39

10(.39) Hex.
(9.78)
248.5

Fully Extended

INC.
161(6.34)
(6.74)
171.2

Pressure Adj. Screw


for Safety Valve
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
(2.32)

(1.90)

Lock Nut
59

48.2

10(.39) Hex.
(.24)

Two Locating Pins Mounting Surface


6

6 (.24) Dia. (O-Rings Furnished)


Z

Approx. Mass ...... 14 kg (30.9 lbs.)

DIMENSIONS IN
For other dim ensions, please refer to the m odels MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
with P roportional P ilot Relief Valve.

Approx. Mass ...... 13.3 kg (29.3 lbs.)

No.35
E Se rie s
10 Ω-10 ΩSe rie s Flow Control and Re lie f Valve s PROPORTIONAL
EFBG-06 CONTROLS
Installation Drawing

Models w ith Proportional Pilot Relief Valve


C
EFBG-06-250-H-(E)-61/6190
174
(6.85) Tank Port "T "
20.3 133.4
(.80) (5.25)
Drain Port "Y "
129.7
(5.11) Air Vent
85.7 3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
17.5(.69) Dia. Through (3.37) 3 Places
26(1.02) Dia. Spotface 19.7

(.67)
4 Places

17
(.78)
Air Vent
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places

(2.13)
54
Inlet Port "P "

(5.75)

(7.09)
146.1

180
(2.26)
57.5

(2.88)
73.1
Manual Pressure
Adj. Screw
3(.12) Hex. Soc. INC.

Cable Departure Vent Port "V "


Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia.. . . 8-10 mm Outlet Port "A "
(.31 - .39 in.)
Manual Flow Adj. Screw
Conductor Area
. . . Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2 3(.12) Hex. Soc. INC.
(.002 sq. in.)
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Models w ithout Pilot Pressure Port "X " Outside Dia.. . . 8-10 mm
Proportional Pilot Relief Valve Conductor Area
(.31 - .39 in.)

. . . Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2


EFBG-06-250-(E)-61/6190 (.002 sq. in.)

Pressure Adj. Screw


for Safety Valve
3(.12) Hex. Soc. INC.
(1.54)

Lock Nut
39

10(.39) Hex.
(11.40)
289.5

Fully Extended

INC.
195(7.68)
(8.35)
212.2

Pressure Adj. Screw


for Safety Valve
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
(3.03)

(2.99)
77

Lock Nut
76

10(.39) Hex.
(.31)

Mounting Surface
8

(O-Rings Furnished)
Two Locating Pins
16(.63) Dia.

Approx. Mass ...... 22 kg (48.5 lbs.)

DIMENSIONS IN
For other dim ensions, please refer to the m odels with
P roportional P ilot Relief Valve.
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

Approx. Mass ...... 21.3 kg (47.0 lbs.)

No.36
E Se rie s
10 Ω-10 ΩSe rie s Flow Control and Re lie f Valve s PROPORTIONAL
EFBG-10 CONTROLS
Installation Drawing

Models w ith Proportional Pilot Relief Valve


C
EFBG-10-500-H-(E)-51/5190
Sling Fitting
2 Places

Pressure Adj. Screw 220 Tank Port "T "


for Safety Valve (8.66)
3 (.12) Hex. Soc. INC. 21 177.8 Drain Port "Y "
(.83) (7.00)
115 Air Vent 3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
Lock Nut 10 (.39) Hex. (4.53) 3 Places
41

(.93)
23.6
21.5 (.85) Dia. Through (1.61)
32 (1.26) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
Inlet Port "P " Vent Port "V "

Connector

(7.75)

(9.61)
196.9

244
The direction can be

(1.54)
altered to every 90 degree 39

(2.26)

(2.74)
angles.

57.5

69.5

(3.88)
98.5
(2.57)
65.4
(.47)
12

Outlet Port "A "


DIMENSIONS IN Manual Pressure Adj. Screw Cable Departure
MILLIMETRES (INCHES) 3 (.12) Hex. Soc. Cable Applicable:
INC. Outside Dia.. . . 8-10 mm
(.31 - .39 in.)
Manual Flow Adj. Screw Conductor Area
3 (.12) Hex. Soc. . . . Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2
Models w ithout INC. (.002 sq. in.)
Proportional Pilot Relief Valve

H
Pilot Pressure Port "X "
EFBG-10-500-(E)-51/5190

Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia.. . . 8-10 mm
Fully Extended
226(8.90)

(.31 - .39 in.)


Conductor Area
Air Vent . . . Not Exceeding 2
1.5 mm
3 (.12) Hex. Soc. (.002 sq. in.)
3 Places
(1.54)
39
(2.26)
57.5

Lock Nut 31 Pressure Adj. Screw


10 (.39) Hex. (1.22) for Safety Valve
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
(12.22)
310.5

Connector
(9.49)

(9.61)

INC.
244.2
241

The direction can be altered


(12.66)

to 90 degree angles.
321.5
(4.21)

(4.17)
107

106

X A
(.39)
10

Two Locating Pins Mounting Surface


18(.71) Dia. (O-Rings Furnished)
(6.93)
176

X A Approx. Mass ...... 64 kg (141 lbs.)


For other dim ensions, please refer to the m odels with
P roportional P ilot Relief Valve.

Approx. Mass ...... 62 kg (137 lbs.)

No.37
E Se rie s
Sub-plate for PROPORTIONAL
10 Ω-10 ΩSe rie s Flow Control and Re lie f Valve s CONTROLS
Installation Drawing

Sub-plate
03Y
EFBGM-03Z -20/2080/2090
125(4.92)
11.7(.46) 102.4(4.03)
"C " Thd. "D " Deep 23(.91) Dia.
4 Places 0.8(.03) 101.6(4.00) 3 Places

11(.43) Dia. Through 77.8(3.06) 7(.28) Dia. 7(.28) Deep


17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface 2 Places
4 Places 50.8(2.00)

28.6(1.
(.56)

12.7(.
14.2

13)
23.8(.94)

50)
P
45(1.77)

59(2.32)
80(3.15)
130(5.12)

100(3.94)

20(.79)
101.6(4.

88.9(3.
95.3(3.
X
50)
Y
00)

75)
A T
V
Sub-plate Thread Size m m (in.)
22.2(.87) Model Num bers "A" Thd. "B" Thd. "C" Thd. D E
6(.24) Dia.
"B " Thd. (From Rear) "A " Thd.
39.2 (From Rear) EFBGM-03Y-20 Rc 3/4 11
"E " Dia. (1.54) 3 Places Rc 1/4 (.43)
"B " Thd. (From Rear) 106.8(4.20) EFBGM-03Z-20 Rc 1 18
6(.24) Dia. M10
11 146(5.75) EFBGM-03Y-2080 3/4 BSP .F (.71) 11.7
(.43) "B " Thd. 1/4 BSP .F
168(6.61) EFBGM-03Z-2080 1 BSP .F (.46)
20(.79)
19(.75)

EFBGM-03Y-2090 3/4 NP T 21 11
1/4 NP T 3/8-16 UNC (.83) (.43)
(1.57)

EFBGM-03Z-2090 1 NP T
40

DIMENSIONS IN
06X MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
EFBGM-06Y -20/2080/2090

180(7.09)
17(.67)
146.1(5.75) 29(1.14) Dia.
1.9(.07) 3 Places
"K " Thd. "L" Deep 144.5(5.69)
4 Places 118.1(4.65) 17(.67) Dia. 10(.39) Deep
73.1(2.88) 2 Places
17.5(.69) Dia. Through
26(1.02) Dia. Spotface
41.3(1.63)
12.7(.50)

4 Places 28.1(1.11)
3.7(.15)

(.80)
20.3
(.94)

1.6
24

(.06)
P
85.7(3.37)
16(.63)

107(4.21)
126(4.96)

B
174(6.85)

133.4(5.
A

X A Y
25)

T
V

"J " Thd. 33(1.30)


(From Rear) "F" Thd.
19 212(8.35) (From Rear)
6.2(.24) Dia. (.75) 3 Places
250(9.84)
"N " Dia. 6.2(.24) Dia. Sub-plate Dim ensions m m (in.)
"H " Thd. (From Rear) "J " Thd. (From Rear) Model Num bers A B C D E
103.3 63.3 45 35 34
EFBGM-06X (4.07) (2.49) (1.77) (1.38) (1.34)
C

95 53.3 60 40 39
D
E

EFBGM-06Y (3.74) (2.10) (2.36) (1.57) (1.54)

Sub-plate Thread Size m m (in.)


Model Num bers "F" Thd. "H" Thd. "J" Thd. "K" Thd. L N
EFBGM-06X-20 Rc 1 30 14
Rc 3/8 Rc 1/4 M16
EFBGM-06Y-20 Rc 1-1/4 (1.18) (.55)
EFBGM-06X-2080 1 BSP .F 30 15.2
3/8 BSP .F 1/4 BSP .F M16
EFBGM-06Y-2080 1-1/4 BSP .F (1.18) (.60)
EFBGM-06X-2090 1 NP T 35 14
3/8 NP T 1/4 NP T 5/8-11 UNC
EFBGM-06Y-2090 1-1/4 NP T (1.38) (.55)

No.38
E Se rie s
Sub-plate for PROPORTIONAL
10 Ω-10 ΩSe rie s Flow Control and Re lie f Valve s CONTROLS
Installation Drawing

EFBGM-10Y-20/2080/2090 DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

244(9.61) "E " Thd. "F" Deep


"D " Thd. "F" Deep 23.5(.93)
4 Places 12 Places
198.4(7.81)
1.6(.06) 48(1.89) Dia.
21.5(.85) Dia. Through 196.9(7.75) 3 Places
32(1.26) Dia. Spotface 20(.79) Dia. 80(3.15) "C " Thd.
4 Places 162(6.38) 15(.59) Deep 142(5.59)
98.5(3.88) 2 Places 50(1.97)
55.5(2.19)

73(2.87) 41.9(1.65)
(1.42)

17.5(.69)
36.1

35 49(1.93)

(.91)
(1.38)

(1.14)
23

29
7.5(.30)
(2.87)
115(4.53)
119(4.69)

(2.91)
P

73
144.5(5.

74

(4.69)
250(9.84)

(5.69)
177.8(7.

119

144.5
X
69)

(7.00)
177.8
(8.82)
00)

224

T Y A

(2.87)
73
V

43.5(1.71) 73 73
6.2(.24) Dia.
43.5(1.71) Dia. (2.87) (2.87)
25 3 Places
(.98) 284(11.18) 72
"H " Dia. (2.83)
334(13.15)
212
6.2(.24) Dia. (8.35)
"B " Thd.
"C " Thd.

Sub-plate Thread Size m m (in.)

H
Model Num bers
"B" Thd. "C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd. F H
EFBGM-10Y-20 Rc 3/8 Rc 1/4 14(.55)
M20 M16 32(1.26)
EFBGM-10Y-2080 3/8 BSP .F 1/4 BSP .F 15.2(.60)
EFBGM-10Y-2090 3/8 NP T 1/4 NP T 3/4-10 UNC 5/8-11 UNC 34(1.34) 14(.55)

No.39
E Se rie s
10 Ω-10 ΩSe rie s Flow Control and Re lie f Valve s PROPORTIONAL
EFBG-03/06/10 CONTROLS
Typical Performance Characteristics
Step Response
These characteristics have been obtained by measuring on each valve.
Therefore , they may vary according to a hydraulic circuit to be used.
Flow Controls
EFBG-03 EFBG-06 EFBG-10
U.S.GPM L /min U.S.GPM L /min U.S.GPM L /min
40 150 300 600
150
35 70 500
125 250 125
30 60
100 200 100 400
25 50
Flow Rate

Flow Rate

Flow Rate
20 75 40 150 75 300 0.1s
0.1s 0.1s
15 30 100 50 200
50
10 20
25 50 25 100
5 10 Step Signal Step Signal
Step Signal 0 0 0 0
0 0

Tim e Tim e Tim e

Pressure Controls
EFBG-03 EFBG-06 EFBG-10
PSI MPa PSI MPa PSI MPa
30 30 30
4000 EFBG-03-125-H 4000 EFBG-06-250-H 4000 EFBG-10-500-H

3000 20 3000 20 3000 20


Pressure

Pressure

Pressure
EFBG-03-125-C EFBG-06-250-C EFBG-10-500-C
2000 2000 0.2s 2000 0.2s
0.2s
10 10 10
Step Signal 1000 Step Signal 1000 Step Signal
1000
0 0 0
0 0 0
Tim e Tim e Tim e
Flow Rate : 125 L /min (33 U.S.GPM) Flow Rate : 250 L /min (66 U.S.GPM) Flow Rate : 500 L /min (132 U.S.GPM)
Trapped Oil Volume : < 1 L (.264 U.S.Gallons) Trapped Oil Volume: < 1 L (.264 U.S.Gallons) Trapped Oil Volume: < 1 L (.264 U.S.Gallons)

Input Current vs. Flow


EFBG-03 EFBG-06 EFBG-10
U.S.GPM L /min U.S.GPM L /min U.S.GPM L /min
125 250 500
32.5 65 125
30 60
100 200 400
50 100
25

300
Flow Rate

Flow Rate

Flow Rate

20 75 40 150 75

15 30
50 100 50 200
10 20
25 50 25 100
5 10
0 0 0
0 0 0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 0 200 400 600 800 1000 0 200 400 600 800 1000
Input Current mA Input Current mA Input Current mA

Input Current vs. Pressure


EFBG-03 EFBG-06 EFBG-10
PSI MPa PSI MPa PSI MPa
25 25 3500 25
3500 3500

3000 EFBG-03-125-H 3000 EFBG-06-250-H 3000 EFBG-10-500-H


20 20 20

2500 2500 2500


Pressure

Pressure

Pressure

15 15 15
2000 2000 2000

1500 1500 10 1500 10


10

1000 1000 1000


EFBG-03-125-C EFBG-06-250-C EFBG-10-500-C
5 5 5
500 500 500

0 0 0
0 0 0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 0 200 400 600 800 1000 0 200 400 600 800 1000
Input Current mA Input Current mA Input Current mA

No.40
E Se rie s
10 Ω-10 ΩSe rie s Flow Control and Re lie f Valve s PROPORTIONAL
EFBG-03/06 CONTROLS
Spare Parts List

EFBG-03-125-∗ -∗ -61/6190 CAUTION


EFBG-06-250-∗ -∗ -61/6190
When making replacement of seals, please do
it carefully after reading through the relevant
instructions in the Operator's Manual.

35 35 34 49 21 44
33 20
29 53
56
22 19
15 58
26 40
X 57
27 18 11
12 32
28 59
14 31
25 53 51
13 37
24 46 45
30
8 10 51
51 X 25
43 5 52 46
24
39 9
47
6 1
Section X-X
7 50
4 55
3 45
42 41 2 23 36 38 46 16

H
List of Seals List of Seal Kits
P art Num bers Model Num bers Seal Kit Num bers
Item Nam e of P arts
EFBG-03 Qty . EFBG-06 Qty . EFBG-03-125-61 ∗ KS-EFBG-03-61
36 O-Ring SO-NA-A016 1 SO-NA-P 26 1 EFBG-03-125-C/H-61 ∗ KS-EFBG-03-C-61
37 O-Ring SO-NA-P 6 1 SO-NA-P 6 1 EFBG-06-250-61 ∗ KS-EFBG-06-61
38 O-Ring SO-NB-P 28 1 SO-NB-P 44 1 EFBG-06-250-C/H-61 ∗ KS-EFBG-06-C-61
39 O-Ring SO-NB-P 32 1 SO-NB-P 42 1
40 O-Ring SO-NB-P 28 1 SO-NB-P 36 1
41 O-Ring SO-NB-P 28 3 SO-NB-P 32 3
42 O-Ring SO-NB-G30 1 SO-NB-P 30 1
43 O-Ring SO-NB-P 28 1 SO-NB-P 28 1
44 O-Ring SO-NB-P 15 1 SO-NB-P 15 1
45 O-Ring SO-NB-P 11 2 SO-NB-P 11 2
46 O-Ring SO-NB-P 9 5 SO-NB-P 11 4
47 O-Ring SO-NB-A016 1 SO-NB-A016 1
Note: W hen ordering seals, please specify the seal kit num ber from the table right.
In addition to the above o-rings, o-rings for solenoid ass'y are included in the
seal kit.
For the detail of the solenoid ass'y seals, see the Catalogue No. P ub. EC-1302.

Solenoid Ass'y
Valve Model Num bers 33 Solenoid Ass'y Model Num bers 34 Solenoid Ass'y Model Num bers

EFBG-03-125-C/H-(E)-61/6190
E318-Y06M1-04-61
EFBG-06-250-C/H-(E)-61/6190 E318-Y06M1-28-61

EFBG-03-125-(E)-61/6190
EFBG-06-250-(E)-61/6190
Note: The connector assem bly GDM-211-B-11 (Item 35) is not included in the solenoid assem bly .

No.41
E Se rie s
10 Ω-10 ΩSe rie s Flow Control and Re lie f Valve s PROPORTIONAL
EFBG-10 CONTROLS
Spare Parts List

EFBG-10-500-∗ -∗ -51/5190

28 27
25 2
20
37 33
21
42 40
Z W 23
12 44 40
14
W 45
35 1
15
31 Z 3 36
11
6 4 40
10
18 31
5 32
34 29
33 33
19 36
30
17
47 57 48 50 51 52
8 36 9 13 41 7 16 41 10 36 8

Section Z-Z
54 53 55 49 26

Section W-W
Only for Models without
Pilot Relief Valve

List of Seals
Qty .
CAUTION
Item Nam e of P arts P art Num bers Models with Models without When making replacement of seals, please do
P ilot Relief Valve P ilot Relief Valve it carefully after reading through the relevant
29 O-Ring SO-NA-P 34 1 1 instructions in the Operator's Manual.
30 O-Ring SO-NB-G60 1 1
31 O-Ring SO-NB-G55 3 3
32 O-Ring SO-NB-P 50 1 1
33 O-Ring SO-NB-P 48 5 5
34 O-Ring SO-NB-P 42 1 1
35 O-Ring SO-NB-P 36 1 1
36 O-Ring SO-NB-P 11 8 8
List of Seal Kits
53 O-Ring SO-NB-P 14 1 Model Num bers Seal Kit Num bers
54 O-Ring SO-NB-A013 1 EFBG-10-500-51 ∗ KS-EFBG-10-51
55 O-Ring SO-NA-P 6 1 EFBG-10-500-C/H-51 ∗ KS-EFBG-10-C-51
Note: W hen ordering seals, please specify the seal kit num ber from the table right. In addition to the
above o-rings, o-rings for pilot valve and solenoid ass'y are included in the seal kit.
For the detail of the pilot valve and solenoid ass'y seals, see the Catalogue No. P ub. EC-1302.

Pilot Valve and Solenoid Ass'y


Valve Model Num bers 25 P ilot Valve Model Num bers 27 Solenoid Ass'y Model No. 26 Safety Valve Model No.
EFBG-10-500-C-(E)-51/5190 EDG-01V-C-1-P NT12-5103
EFBG-10-500-H-(E)-51/5190 EDG-01V-H-1-P NT12-5103 E318-Y06M1-28-61
EFBG-10-500-(E)-51/5190 SB1094-2002
Note: The connector assem bly GDM-211-B-11 (Item 28) is not included in the solenoid assem bly .

No.42
E Se rie s
10 Ω-10 ΩSe rie s Flow Control and Re lie f Valve s PROPORTIONAL
EFBG-03/06/10 CONTROLS
Interchangeability between Current and New
Interchangeability betw een Current and New Design
Model changes have been made from 50, 51 to 61 design in the EFBG-03/06 because of changes in the pilot valve
building-in method and model changes have been made from 50 to 51-design in the EFBG-10 because of improvement
in Solenoid Ass'y.
Specification and Characteristics
No changes in specifications and characteristics between current and new design
Interchangeability in Installation
EFBG-03/06
∗ ∗
50 • 51 Design→ 61 Design ∗
The mounting surface are interchangeable. However, the method of building in the pilot valve has been changed,
bringing about changes in the appearance shapes and dimensions as shown below.
Current : Design 50 • 51 New : Design 61
Air Vent Manual Flow Adj. Screw Front Side :
Manual Flow Adj. Screw Air Vent 6 Places
See EDG-01 Rear Side :
Fully Extended A See EDG-01
Air Vent (Catalogue No. Pub.EC-1302) Manual Pressure Adj. Screw (Catalogue No. Pub.EC-1302)
for the details of A
for the details of
Manual Pressure the solenoid ass'y
the solenoid ass'y
Adj. Screw Pilot Valve
Pressure Adj. Screw
EDG-01,50 ∗ Design
for Saftey Valve
E

E
C

Pressure Adj. Screw


for Saftey Valve
B
B

Model Num bers A B C D

(Current) EFBG-03-125- - - 50/5090

H
217 93.2 155 236.5
∗∗51/5190 (8.54) (3.67) (6.10) (9.31)
132 18.7 248.5
(New) ∗∗
EFBG-03-125- - -61/6190
(5.20) (1.74) (9.78)

(Current) EFBG-06-250- - - 50/5090 217 53.3 196 277.5


∗∗51/5190 (8.54) (2.10) (7.72) (10.93)
159.5 289.5
(New) ∗∗
EFBG-06-250- - -61/6190 (6,28) (11.40)


60 Design→ 61 Design ∗
The mounting surface are interchangeable. There are no changes in the appearance shapes and dimensions.

EFBG-10
Mounting compatibility is provided.
Note that because of improvements made on the solenoids, the overall shapes have been changed as shown below.
Current : Design 50 New : Design 51

Air Vent Manual Flow Air Vent Manual Flow Adj. Screw
Adj. Screw 3 Places
Manual Pressure Manual Pressure
Adj. Screw Adj. Screw
Air Vent
Air Vent 3 Places

X A X A

DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

No.43
E Se rie s
High Flow Se rie s Flow Control and Re lie f Valve s PROPORTIONAL
EFBG-03/06 (3/8, 3/4), Sub-plate M ounting CONTROLS
Specifications

Specifications
Model No. EFBG-03 EFBG-06
Description ∗∗ ∗
-250- - -51 ∗∗ ∗
-500- - -51

Max. Operating P ressure 24.5 (3550) 24.5 (3550)


MP a (P SI)

Max. Flow L /m in (U.S.GP M) 250 (66) 500 (132)

Metred Flow Adj ustm ent Range 2.5-250 5-500


L /m in (U.S.GP M) (.66-66) (1.32-132)
Min. P ilot P ressure MP a (P SI) 1.5 (220) 1.5 (220)
P ilot Flow at Norm al 1 (.26) 1 (.26)
L /m in (U.S.GP M) at Transition 4 (1.06) 6 (1.59)
Rated Currnt 850 m A 765 m A
10 Ω 10 Ω
Flow Controls

Coil Resistance
Differential P ressure
0.8 (115) 0.9 (130)
MP a (P SI)
Hy steresis Less than 3% Less than 3%
Repeatability Less than 1% Less than 1%
C : 1.6-15.7 C : 1.5-15.7
2
1 (230-2275) (220-2275)
P res. Adj . Range MP a (P SI)
H : 1.8-24.5 H : 1.5-24.5
Pressure Controls

(260-3550) (220-3550)
C : 850 m A C : 820 m A
Rated Current H : 870 m A H : 880 m A
Coil Resistance 10 Ω 10 Ω
Hy steresis Less than 3% Less than 3%
Repeatability Less than 1% Less than 1%
Approx. Mass kg (lbs.) Refer to page 46 to 47
1. The specifications for pressure controls are applied to m odels with propor-
tional pilot relief valve. (Ex. EFBG-03-250-C- -51) ∗
2. The m axim um pressure adj ustm ent range of the valves without proportional
pilot relief valves is 24.5 MP a (3550 P SI).

Graphic Sym bols


With Proportional Pilot Relief Valve Without Proportional Pilot Relief Valve
External Pilot Internal Pilot External Pilot Internal Pilot
A A

X Y Y
X

O O O O
M M M M
V

T
P

No.44
E Se rie s
High Flow Se rie s Flow Control and Re lie f Valve s PROPORTIONAL
EFBG-03/06 CONTROLS
Model Number Designation / Others

Model Number Designation


EFB G -03 -250 -C -E -51 ∗
Series Ty pe of Valve Max. Metred Flow P roportional P ilot Relief P ilot Design Design
Num ber Mounting Size L /m in (U.S.GP M) Valve P ressure Adj . Range Connection Num ber Standards

EFB : C, H : None:
03 250: 250 ( 66) 51
P roportional Electro- G: See Specifications Internal P ilot
Hy draulic Flow Sub-plate None: Refer to
Control and Relief Mounting E:
06 500: 500 ( 132) W ithout P roportional 51
Valve External P ilot
P ilot Relief Valve
Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS" and European Design Standard
90 ............... N. Am erican Design Standard

Attachment
Mounting Bolts
Valve Model Socket Head Cap Screw
Qty .
Num bers Japanese Std. "JIS" and European Design Std. N. Am erican Design Std.
EFBG-03 M12 × 120 Lg. 1/2-13 UNC × 4-3/4 Lg. 4
EFBG-06 M16 × 120 Lg. 5/8-11 UNC × 4-3/4 Lg. 4

Applicable Pow er Amplifiers


For stable performance, it is recommended that Yuken's applicable power amplifiers be used (for details see the
Catalogue No. Pub. EC-1305).
P ower Am plifier Model Num bers
Model Num bers

H
For Flow Control For P res. Control

EFBG-03-250(-E)-51/5190 AME-D-10- -20 ∗


EFBG-06-500(-E)-51/5190 AMN-D-10 (For DC power supply )

EFBG-03-250-C/H(-E)-51/5190
EFBG-06-500-C/H(-E)-51/5190 AME-D2-1010- -10∗

Instructions
Drain Back Pressure
Check that the drain back pressure dose not exceed 0.2 MPa (29 PSI).
When Relief Valve Passing Flow Rate is Low in Pressure Control State
To avoid preselected pressure instability, use a passing flow rate of 15 L/min (4.0 U.S.GPM) or higher.
Further, check that the tank-line back pressure dose not exceed 0.5 MPa (70 PSI).
Safety Valve Pressure Setting
The pressure of the safety valve is preset at the value equal to the upper limit of the pressure adjustment range plus
2 MPa (290 PSI). Please adjust the pressure of the valve so preset to meet the pressure to be used actually.
To lower the pressure setting, turn the safety valve pressure adjustment screw anti-clockwise. After adjustment, be sure
to tighten the lock nut.
Interchangeability in installation with conventional valves (10Ω -10Ω Series)
EFBG-03
There is no interchangeability in installation.
EFBG-06
A product in the high-flow series can be mounted on the conventional mounting surface but no conventional product
can be mounted on the mounting surface of the high-flow series.

No.45
E Se rie s
High Flow Se rie s Flow Control and Re lie f Valve s PROPORTIONAL
EFBG-03 CONTROLS
Installation Drawing
C
EFBG-03-250-H(-E)-51/5190, EFBG-03-250 (-E)-51/5190
153(6. Vent Port "V " Drain Port "Y "
02) 13.5(.53) Dia. Through
26.2 101.6 Tank Port "T "
21(.83) Dia. Spotface
(1.03) (4.00) 4 Places Outlet Port "A "
26.8
A

(.46)
11.7
(1.06) V
(.56)
14.2

T
X
(1.80)

Y
45.8
(5.12)

(4.07)

(5.49)
130

103.3

139.5
(4.00)
101.6

Inlet Port "P "


Pilot Pressure Port "X "
11.7 85.8
Manual Pressure Adj.Screw
(.46) (3.38)
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
125 View Arrow Z
INC.
(4.92) Air Vent
Manual Flow Adj.Screw
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
3(.12) Hex. Soc. 3 Places
Air Vent
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
Cable Departure (For Flow Control) 3 Places
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia.. . . 8-10 mm Pressure Adj. Srerw
(.31 - .39 in.) for Safety Valve
Conductor Area 3(.12) Hex Soc. INC. Cable Departure (For Pressure Control)
. . . Not Exceeding 2 Cable Applicable:
1.5 mm
(.002 sq. in.) Outside Dia.. . . . . . 8-10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area. . . Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2 (.002 sq. in.)

Models with proportional pilot


relief valve (EFBG-03-250-C/H)
only.
Lock Nut
10(.39) Hex.
(10.81)
274.5

(11.56)
293.5
(10.05)
(9.30)
236.2

255.2

Approx. Mass ...... 19 kg (41.9 lbs.)


(3.94)
100

(3.90)
99

DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
(.24)

102.4(4.03)
6

Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished) 101.6(4.00) 26(1.02) Dia. (Max.)
Two Locating Pins
Z 3 Places ("P ", "A " & "T " Port)
6(.24) Dia. 76.8(3.02)
50.8(2.00)
6.2(.24) Dia. (Max.)
24.8 3 Places ("V ", "X " & "Y " Port)
Dimensions of valve mounting surface (.98) 7(.28) Dia. 7(.28) Deep 2 Places
0.8 (For Locating Pin)
Prepare a mounting surface as shown to the (.03)
(1.13)
(.50)
12.7

28.6

right. Also finish it finely.


P
(.56)
14.2

59(2.32)
(1.77)
45

87.9(3.46)

95.3(3.75)

101.6(4.00)
(5.12)
130

X
Model Num bers "B" Thd.
A Y T
∗∗
EFBG-03-250- - -51 M12
EFBG-03-250- ∗ - ∗ -5190 1/2-13 UNC V

11.7
(.46) "B " Thd 24(.94) Deep 4 Places
125
(4.92)

No.46
E Se rie s
High Flow Se rie s Flow Control and Re lie f Valve s PROPORTIONAL
EFBG-06 CONTROLS
Installation Drawing
Models w ith Proportional Pilot Relief Valve Models w ithout Proportional Pilot
C Relief Valve
EFBG-06-500-H(-E)-51/5190
EFBG-06-500(-E)-51/5190
Manual Flow Adj.Screw Pressure Adj. Screw
3(.12) Hex. Soc. for Safety Valve
INC. 3(.12) Hex. Soc. INC.
17.5(.69) Dia. Through 180
26(1.02) Dia. Spotface (7.09)
Inlet Port "P "
4 Places 17 146.1
(1.04)
26.3

(.67) (5.75)
(4.41)
(7.09)

112
180

(5.25)
133.4

(5.96)
151.3

(8.50)
215.8 Pressure Adj. Screw
for Safety Valve
3(.12) Hex. Soc. INC.

Pilot Pressure Port "X " Lock Nut


33
(Rear Side) 10(.39) Hex.
(1.30)
Air Vent 3(.12) Hex. Soc. 111
3 Places Tank Port "T "
(4.37)
Outlet Port "A " Drain Port "Y "
Vent Port "V " Cable Departure (For Pressure
Cable Departure (For Flow Control) Control)
Cable Applicable: ...
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia.. . . 8-10 mm Outside Dia. 8-10 mm
(.31 - .39 in.) (.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area . Conductor
.. Area
. . . Not Exceeding 2
1.5 mm Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2
(.002 sq. in.) (.002 sq. in.)
Air Vent 3(.12) Hex. Soc. For other dim ensions, please refer to the m odels
3 Places with P roportional P ilot Relief Valve.
Manual Pressure Adj.Screw
Approx. Mass ...... 33 kg (72.8 lbs.)
3(.12) Hex. Soc.

H
Sling Fitting INC.
2 Places
(12.26)
311.5

(10.76)

(11.36)
273.2

288.5
(3.78)

(3.74)
96

95
(.31)
8

Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Two Locating Pins
16(.63) Dia. Approx. Mass ...... 35 kg (77.2 lbs.)
DIMENSIONS IN
146.1 MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
(5.75)
Dimensions of valve mounting surface 144.5
Prepare a mounting surface as shown to the (5.69)
35(1.38) Dia. (Max.)
115
right. Also finish it finely. (4.53) 3 Places ("P ", "A " & "T " Port)
73.1
(2.88)
31 "B " Thd. "C " Deep
4 Places
(1.22)
1.6
(1.63)

(.06)
41.3
(.30)
7.5

P
Model Num bers "B" Thd. C
(1.04)

(3.37)
26.3

85.7

(4.33)

∗∗
(7.09)

110

(5.25)

EFBG-06-500- - -51 M16 30 (1.18)


180

133.4

X Y
∗∗
EFBG-06-500- - -5190 5/8-11 UNC 35 (1.38)
A V
T

17(.67) Dia. 10(.39) Deep


1.9 2 Places
7(.28) Dia. (Max.)
(.07) (For Locating Pin)
17
(.67)
180 14(.55) Dia. (Max.)
(7.09)

No.47
E Se rie s
High Flow Se rie s Flow Control and Re lie f Valve s PROPORTIONAL
EFBG-03/06 CONTROLS
Typical Performance Characteristics
Step Response
These characteristics have been obtained by measuring on each valve.
Therefore , they may vary according to a hydraulic circuit to be used.
Flow Controls
U.S.GPM L /min EFBG-03-250 U.S.GPM L /min EFBG-06-500
250 500
60 120
200 400

40 150 80 300
Flow Rate

Flow Rate
100 200
20 0.25s 40 0.25s
50 100

0 0 Step Signal 0 0 Step Signal

Tim e Tim e
Pressure Controls
PSI MPa EFBG-03-250-H PSI MPa EFBG-06-500-H
4000 28 4000 28
24 24
3000 3000 20
20
16
Pressure

Pressure

16
2000 2000
12 12
0.2s
1000 8 1000 8
0.25s
4 4
Step Signal 0 Step Signal
0 0 0

Tim e Tim e

Input Current vs. Flow


U.S.GPM L /min EFBG-03-250 U.S.GPM L /min EFBG-06-500
250 500
60 120

200 400
50 100
Flow Rate

Flow Rate

40 150 80 300

30 60
100 200
20 40

50 100
10 20

0 0
0 0
0 200 400 600 800 900 0 200 400 600 800 1000
Input Current mA Input Current mA

Input Current vs. Pressure


PSI MPa EFBG-03-250 PSI MPa EFBG-06-500
3500 25 3500 25

3000 3000
20 20
EFBG-03-250-H EFBG-06-500-H

15 15
2000 2000
Pressure

Pressure

10 10

1000 EFBG-03-250-C 1000


EFBG-06-500-C
5 5

0 0
0 0
0 200 400 600 800 900 0 200 400 600 800 900
Input Current mA Input Current mA

No.48
E Se rie s
High Flow Se rie s Flow Control and Re lie f Valve s PROPORTIONAL
EFBG-03 CONTROLS
Spare Parts List
EFBG-03-250-∗ -∗ -51/5190
57
32 28
30 46
Y Detail of Safety Valve
(Item 31)
29
X Z
31 32 43 52 42 60 61 59 62 64 63
Y

X Z

15 47
48 26
14 27 44 40 45 58
13 25 Section X-X
16 37
W 17
3 24
56 W 21
23
42 39 51
40 55
34 36 5
Section Y-Y
4 33 20
12 54 19 53

H
50 22 51
49 6 18
11 2 42 10 38 1 35 7 9 8 41 Section W-W

List of Seals Section Z-Z


Item Nam e of P arts P art Num bers Qty .
33 O-Ring SO-NB-P 42 1
34 O-Ring SO-NB-P 32 1 CAUTION
35 O-Ring SO-NB-P 30 1
36 O-Ring SO-NB-P 28 1 When making replacement of seals, please do
37 O-Ring SO-NB-P 22 1 it carefully after reading through the relevant
instructions in the Operator's Manual.
38 O-Ring SO-NB-P 21 1
39 O-Ring SO-NB-P 20 1
40 O-Ring SO-NB-P 14 2
41 O-Ring SO-NB-P 11 2
42 O-Ring SO-NB-P 9 6 List of Seal Kits
43 O-Ring SO-NB-G30 3 Model Num bers Seal Kit Num bers
44 O-Ring SO-NB-A013 1 EFBG-03-250-51 ∗ KS-EFBG-03-250-51
45 O-Ring SO-NA-P 6 1 EFBG-03-250-C/H-51 ∗ KS-EFBG-03-250-C-51
O-rings, ref. Nos. 37 and 39, are used only with the proportional pilot relief
valve (EFBG-03-250-C/H).
Note: W hen ordering seals, please specify the seal kit num ber from the table right.
In addition to the above o-rings, o-rings for solenoid ass'y are included in the
seal kit.
For the detail of the solenoid ass'y seals, see the Catalogue No. P ub. EC-1302.

Solenoid Ass'y and Safety Valve


Valve Model Num bers 29 Solenoid Ass'y Model No. 30 Solenoid Ass'y Model No. 31 Safety Valve Model No.
EFBG-03-250-C/H(-E)-51/5190 E318-Y06M1-04-61
E318-Y06M1-28-61 SB1094-2002
EFBG-03-250(-E)-51/5190
Note: The connector assem bly GDM-211-B-11 (Item 32) is not included in the solenoid assem bly .

No.49
E Se rie s
High Flow Se rie s Flow Control and Re lie f Valve s PROPORTIONAL
EFBG-06 CONTROLS
Spare Parts List
Detail of Safety Valve
EFBG-06-500-∗ -∗ -51/5190
M odels(Item 24) Pilot
Without
21 U Relief
Valve : EFBG-06-500(-E)
48 Q 22 55 56 54 51 53 52
38 W S
24
23 35
Y Y
25 Y
S 28
32
Q

W
U
50 37 31 36
Section S-S
39
3 8
16
17 40 42

19 44 11

20 29 7

33 34 5

26 46 33

4 10 42
Z Z
9 14 32
47 33 43
18 27 Section U-U Section Q-Q
12 49
13 35 2 30 28 1 15 6
List of Seals
Item Nam e of P arts P art Num bers Qty .
26 O-Ring SO-NB-P 46 1
27 O-Ring SO-NB-P 42 1
28 O-Ring SO-NB-P 40 3 40
29 O-Ring SO-NB-P 36 1 41 40 Section Z-Z
30 O-Ring SO-NB-P 34 1 Section W-
31 O-Ring SO-NB-P 14 1 W
32 O-Ring SO-NB-P 11 4
33 O-Ring SO-NB-P 9 4 CAUTION
34 O-Ring SO-NB-G55 1
35 O-Ring SO-NB-G30 2
When making replacement of seals, please do
it carefully after reading through the relevant
36 O-Ring SO-NB-AO13 1 instructions in the Operator's Manual.
37 O-Ring SO-NA-P 6 1
O-rings, ref. Nos. 31, 36 and 37, are used only with the proportional pilot relief
valve [EFBG-06-500(-E)]. List of Seal Kits
Note: W hen ordering seals, please specify the seal kit num ber from the table right. Model Num bers Seal Kit Num bers
In addition to the above o-rings, o-rings for pilot valve and solenoid ass'y are
included in the seal kit. For the detail of the pilot valve and solenoid ass'y seals, EFBG-06-500-51 ∗ KS-EFBG-06-500-51
see the Catalogue No. P ub. EC-1302. EFBG-06-500-C/H-51 ∗ KS-EFBG-06-500-C-51
Pilot Valve and Solenoid Ass'y
Valve Model Num bers 22 P ilot Valve Model Num bers 23 Solenoid Ass'y Model No. 24 Safety Valve Model No.
EFBG-06-500-C(-E)-51/5190 EDG-01V-C-1-P NT11-5103
EFBG-06-500-H(-E)-51/5190 EDG-01V-H-1-P NT11-5103 E318-Y06M1-28-61
EFBG-06-500(-E)-51/5190 SB1094-2002
Note: The connector assem bly GDM-211-B-11 (Item 25) is not included in the solenoid assem bly .

No.50
E Se rie s
High Flow Se rie s Flow Control and Re lie f Valve s PROPORTIONAL
EFBG-03/06 CONTROLS
Interchangeability between Current and New
Interchangeability betw een Current and New Design
EFBG-03/06 series valves have changed model from 50 to 51 design in line with the model change of solenoid ass'y.
Specifications and Characteristics
No changes in specifications and characteristics between current and new design.
Mounting Interchangeability
There is an interchangeability in the mounting dimensions between current and new design, however, note that
because of improvements made on the solenoids, the overall shapes have been changed as shown below.

EFBG-03
Current : Design 50 New : Design 51
Manual Pressure Adj. Screw Manual Pressure Adj. Screw
Manual Flow Adj. Screw Manual Flow Adj. Screw

Air Vent
Air Vent Air Vent 3 Places
Air Vent 3 Places

H
EFBG-06
Current : Design 50 New : Design 51

Pressure Adj. Screw Pressure Adj. Screw


Manual Flow Adj. Screw Manual Flow Adj. Screw
for Safety Valve for Safety Valve

Air Vent
3 Places
Air Vent

Air Vent Air Vent


3 Places
Manual Pressure Adj. Screw Manual Pressure
Adj. Screw

No.51
Pub. EC-1304
E SERIES
PROPORTIONAL DIRECTIONAL AND
FLOW CONTROL VALVES PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
EDFHG-03/04/06 (3/8,1/2,3/4) Sub-plate Mounting
General Information
Up to 24.5 MPa (3550 PSI), 280 L/min (74.0 U.S.GPM)

These valves are double-deck directional and flow control valves


employing as their pilot the electro-hydraulic proportional pressure
reducing valves with two proportional solenoids. The flow rate can be
controlled by changing an input current to the solenoids and the direction of
the flow can be controlled by providing the current to either solenoid of the
two.
By combining the valves with the power amplifiers specially designed
for the valves, the speed control, acceleration, deceleration and direc-
tional control can be done with a single valve, which eventually makes
the hydraulic circuits simple and contributes the cost of the hydraulic
systems.
A B
a b

P T
Y X

Hydraulic Fluids
Fluid Types
Any type of hydraulic fluid listed in the table below can be used.

H
Petroleum base oils Use fluids equivalent to ISO VG 32 or VG 46.
Use phosphate ester or polyol ester fluid. When phosphate ester fluid is used, prefix "F-" to the
Synthetic Fluids
model number because the special seals (fluororubber) are required to be used.
Water Containing Fluids Use water-glycol fluid.
Note: For use with hydraulic fluids other than those listed above, please consult your Yuken representatives in advance.

Recommended Fluid Viscosity and Temperature


Use hydraulic fluids which satisfy the both recommended viscosity and oil temperatures given in the table below.
Viscosity Temperature
20 - 400 mm2/s 0 - +60°C
(98 - 1800 SSU) (32 - 140°F)

Control of Contamination
Due caution must be paid to maintaining control over contamination of the hydraulic fluids which may otherwise
lead to breakdowns and shorten the life of the valve. Please maintain the degree of contamination within NAS 1638-Grade
11. Use 20 μ m or finer line filter.

No.1
E Series
Directional and Flow Control Valves PROPORTIONAL
EDFHG-03/04/06 CONTROLS
Specifications / Model Number Designation

Specifications
Model No.
EDFHG-03 EDFHG-04 EDFHG-06
Description
Max. Operating Pressure
24.5 (3550)
MPa (PSI)
Rated Flow L /min (U.S.GPM)
at Valve Pressure Difference: 100 (26.4) 140 (37.0) 280 (74.0)
1.0 MPa (145 PSI)
Pilot Pressure 1 MPa (PSI) 1.5 - 16 (220 - 2320) 1

Pilot Flow at Normal 1 (.26) 1 (.26) 1 (.26)


L /min (U.S.GPM) at Transition 3 (.79) 4 (1.06) 6 (1.59)
Max. Tank Line Back Pressure 16 (2320) 21 (3050) 21 (3050)
MPa (PSI)
Max. Drain Line Back Pressure 2
3.0 (435)
MPa (PSI)
Rated Current 800 mA 980 mA 900 mA
Coil Resistance 10 Ω
3
Hysteresis Less than 5%
Repeatability Less than 1% 3

Approx. Mass kg (lbs.) 11 (24.3) 12 (26.5) 15 (33.1)


1. Take care to keep the difference between the pilot pressure and drain port back pressure consistently
greater than 1.5 MPa (220 PSI).
2. To obtain stable performance, keep the drain port back pressure low and minimize its fluctuations.
3. The hysteresis and repeatability values indicated in the specifications for each control valve are
determined under the following conditions:
Hysteresis Value: Obtained when Yuken's applicable power amplifier is used.
Repeatability Value: Obtained when Yuken's applicable power amplifier is used under the
same conditions.

Model Number Designation


F- EDFHG -03 -100 -3C2 -XY -E -31 ∗
Special Series Valve Rated Flow 1 Direction Pilot Design Design
Spool Type
Seals Number Size L /min (U.S.GPM) of Flow Connection Number Standards

F: EDFHG: 03 100 : 100 (26.4) 31


Special Proportional
Seals for Electro- 3C2 3C40 E:
Phosphate Hydraulic XY: Metre-in • External Pilot
Ester Type Directional & 04 140 : 140 (37.0) Metre-out 31 Refer to 2
Fluids Flow Control None :
(Omit if not Valves Internal Pilot
required) (Sub-Plate 06 280 : 280 (74.0) 31
Mtg.)

1. Spool type shown in the column is for the centre position.


2. Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS" and European Design Standard
90 ............... N. American Design Standard

Graphic Symbols
External Pilot Type Internal Pilot Type
A B A B
a b a b

P T P T Y
Y X

No.2
E Series
Directional and Flow Control Valves PROPORTIONAL
EDFHG-03/04/06 CONTROLS
Sub-plate / Instructions / Others

Attachment
Mounting Bolts
Socket Head Cap Screw
Model
Numbers Japanese Standard "JIS" Tightening Torque
N. American Design Standard Qty.
European Design Standard Nm (in. lbs.)
EDFHG-03 M6 × 35 Lg. 1/4-20 UNC × 1-1/2 Lg. 4 12 - 15 (106 - 133)
M6 × 45 Lg. 1/4-20 UNC × 1-3/4 Lg. 2 12 - 15 (106 - 133)
EDFHG-04
M10 × 50 Lg. 3/8-16 UNC × 2 Lg. 4 58 - 72 (513 - 637)
EDFHG-06 M12 × 60 Lg. 1/2-13 UNC × 2-1/2 Lg. 6 100 - 123 (885 - 1089)

Sub-Plates
Japanese Standard "JIS" European Design Standard N. American Design Standard
Valve
Model Approx. Approx. Approx.
Sub-plate Thread Mass Sub-plate Thread Mass Sub-plate Thread Mass
Numbers Model Numbers Size Model Numbers Size Model Numbers Size
kg (lbs.) kg (lbs.) kg (lbs.)
EDFHG-03 DHGM-03Y-10 Rc 3/4 4.7 (10.4) DHGM-03Y-1080 3/4 BSP.F 4.7 (10.4) DHGM-03Y-1090 3/4 NPT 4.7 (10.4)
DHGM-04-20 Rc 1/2 4.4 (9.7) DHGM-04-2080 1/2 BSP.F 4.4 (9.7) DHGM-04-2090 1/2 NPT 4.4 (9.7)
EDFHG-04
DHGM-04X-20 Rc 3/4 4.1 (9.0) DHGM-04X-2080 3/4 BSP.F 4.1 (9.0) DHGM-04X-2090 3/4 NPT 4.1 (9.0)
DHGM-06-50 Rc 3/4 7.4 (16.3) DHGM-06-5080 3/4 BSP.F 8.5 (18.7) DHGM-06-5090 3/4 NPT 7.4 (16.3)
EDFHG-06
DHGM-06X-50 Rc 1 7.4 (16.3) DHGM-06X-5080 1 BSP.F 8.5 (18.7) DHGM-06X-5090 1 NPT 7.4 (16.3)

Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above.
When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface should have a good machined finish.

Applicable Power Amplifiers


For stable performance, it is recommended that Yuken's applicable power amplifiers be used (for details see
the Catalogue No. Pub. EC-1305).
Model Numbers: SK1091-D24-10

Instructions
Mounting Position Air Bleeding
H
Be sure to mount the Directional and Flow Control Valve To ensure stable control, bleed the air form solenoid
so that the air vents come upside. completely and fill its icon core with oil. For this purpose,
it is recommended to provide the drain line with a check
[Good example] [Bad example]
valve having a cracking pressure of about 0.04 MPa (5.8
Air Vent
Air Vent Air Vent PSI).
Bleeding can be done by slowly loosening an air vent.
SOL a

SOL a SOL b There are three air vents. Chose one that appears most
helpful (see the figure below).
In addition, be sure to extend the end of the drain line into
SOL b

the oil.

Air Vent
Solenoid
Manual Adjustment Air Vent
3 Places
In the event of an electric fault or emergency, a manual
shift can be made by screwing in the manual adjust-
ment screw. Take care, however, that this manual shift
has no flows adjusting function.
For this operation, set the pilot pressure (or P-port Manual Adj. Screw
pressure on an internal-pilot model) below 7 MPa (1020
PSI). 10 Ω Series Solenoid
After operation, be sure to return the manual adjust-ment
screw completely to the original position (see the figure
right).

No.3
E Series
Directional and Flow Control Valves PROPORTIONAL
EDFHG-03/04 CONTROLS
Installation Drawing
Mounting Surface: Main port ... Conform to ISO 4401-AC-05-4-A.
EDFHG-03-100-3C∗-XY-∗-31/3190 Pilot/drain ports ... Conform to ISO.

Pressure Port "P" Cylinder Port "B"


Cylinder Port "A"
Pilot Drain Port "Y"
Of the two tank ports "T", the tank Pilot Pressure Port "X"
port in the left side is normally used 285.8
in our standard sub-plate, though, either (11.25)
side of the tank port "T" can be used Connector 54 114.9

(.47)
The direction can be altered

12
without problem. (2.13) (4.52)
to every 90 degree angles.

(1.81)

(2.76)
46

70
Connector
The direction can be altered
to every 90 degree angles.
Tank Port "T" 7(.28) Dia. Through
Cable Departure 11(.43) Dia. Spotface
48 Cable Applicable: 4 Places
(1.89) Outside Dia. . . . 8-10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
27.5 Conductor Area 93.6 37.6 39
(1.08) . . . Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2
(3.68) (1.48)(1.54)
(.002 sq. in.)
Air Vent
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
(2.26)
57.5

3 Places
(Both Ends) SOL a SOL b
(7.07)
179.5

26(1.02)
27(1.06)
(4.33)
110

Manual
Adjustment
Screw
3(.12) Hex.Soc.
(Both Ends)
Mounting Surface 79
(O-Rings Furnished)
DIMENSIONS IN (3.11)
MILLIMETRES (INCHES) 212
(8.35)

Mounting surface: Conform to ISO4401-AD-07-4-A.


EDFHG-04-140-3C∗-XY-∗-31/3190 Pressure Port "P"
Tank Port "T" Pilot Pressure Port "X"
285.8
(11.25)
101.6 91.3
11(.43) Dia. Through (4.00) (3.59)
17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface 34(1.34)
Position of cable departure can 4 Places
be changed. For details, refer to
above EDFHG-03.
(2.75)

(2.87)

(3.58)
69.8

72.9

91
(.06)

Connector
1.5

Cylinder Port "A"


(.36)
9.1

50
Cable Departure
(1.97) Pilot Drain Port "Y"
Cable Applicable:
48 Outside Dia. . . . 8-10 mm (.31 - .39 in.) 7(.28) Dia. Through Cylinder Port "B"
(1.89) Conductor Area 11(.43) Dia. Spotface
27.5 . . . Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2 2 Places
65.6 65.6 39
(1.08) (.002 sq. in.) (2.58) (2.58) (1.54)

Air Vent
(2.26)

3(.12) Hex. Soc.


57.5

3 Places
(Both Ends) SOL a SOL b
(7.30)
185.5

Manual
(1.38)

(4.57)
(1.34)

116

Adjustment
35
34

Screw
3(.12) Hex.Soc.
(Both Ends)

Mounting Surface
(.16)

50.4
4

(O-Rings Furnished)
3(.12) Dia. Two Locating Pins (1.98)
204
(8.03)

No.4
E Series
Directional and Flow Control Valves PROPORTIONAL
EDFHG-06 CONTROLS
Installation Drawing / Others

EDFHG-06-280-3C∗-XY-∗-31/3190 Mounting surface: Conform to ISO4401-AE-08-4-A.

Pressure Port "P"


Pilot Drain Port "Y"
285.8
Position of cable departure can be changed. For (11.25)
details, refer to EDFHG-03 valve on page 4. 65.4 130.2
(2.57) (5.13)
Tank Port "T" 53.2
(2.09)

(4.65)
(3.63)
92.1

118
Pilot Pressure Port "X"

(.51)
77

13
Connector (3.03)
Cable Departure Cylinder Port "A"
48 Cable Applicable: Cylinder Port "B" 13.5(.53) Dia. Through
Outside Dia. . . . 8-10 mm (.31 - .39 in.) 20(.79) Dia. Spotface
(1.89)
27.5 Conductor Area 6 Places
. . . Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2 39 65.6 65.6
(1.08)
(.002 sq. in.) (1.54) (2.58) (2.58)

Air Vent
(2.26)
57.5

3(.12) Hex. Soc.


3 Places
(Both Ends) SOL a SOL b
(8.13)
206.5

Manual
(5.39)

Adjustment
137
(1.61)

Screw
41

3(.12) Hex.Soc.

H
(Both Ends)

Mounting Surface
(.24)

6(.24) Dia. Two Locating Pins 50.3


6

(1.98) (O-Rings Furnished)


255
(10.04)

DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

Interchangeability between Current and New Design


Specifications and Characteristics
No changes in specifications and characteristics between current and new design.
Mounting Interchangeability
The mounting surface are interchangeable.
Note that because of improvements made on the solenoids, the overall shapes and dimensions have been changed as shown
below.

Current: Design 30 New: Design 31


Air Vent Manual
Adjustment
Manual Screw
Adjustment SOL a SOL b
Screw
Air Vent
3 Places

No.5
E Series
Sub-Plate for PROPORTIONAL
Directional and Flow Control Valves CONTROLS
Installation Drawing
Sub-Plates

DHGM-03Y-10/1080/1090
Sub-plate F
"C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd.
Model Numbers mm (in.)
DHGM-03Y-10 Rc 3/4 Rc 1/4
120 M6 13(.51)
(4.72) DHGM-03Y-1080 3/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.F
15 90
(.59) (3.54) DHGM-03Y-1090 3/4 NPT 1/4 NPT 1/4-20 UNC 15(.59)
18 62
(.71) (2.44)
54
(2.13)
37.3(1.47) 50
11(.43) Dia. (1.97)
"D" Thd. 4 Places
Used only on external 27(1.06) 43(1.69) 80
pilot type valves. (3.15)
To be plugged on internal 16.7(.66) 42(1.65)
pilot type valves. 45
25 (1.77)
(.98)

16(.63)
8(.31) 25(.98)
22(.87)

3.2 10
21.5(.85)
32.5(1.28)
(.39)

6.4(.25)
10

(.13) (.39)
(.47)
12

(1.85)
47

(2.99)
(4.33)

(3.54)

(1.81)

(2.76)

76
(.75)
T
110
(.75)

B
90

46

70

19
19

(.43)
11

6.2(.24) Dia. "C" Thd.


6.2(.24) Dia. 19 4 Places
(.75) "D" Thd.
92
"E" Thd. "F" Deep
(3.62) 4 Places

DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

04
DHGM- 04X-20/2080/2090
Sub-plate "C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd. "F" Thd.
Model Numbers
DHGM-04-20 Rc 1/2
Rc 1/4
DHGM-04X-20 Rc 3/4
M10 M6
190 DHGM-04-2080 1/2 BSP.F
(7.48) 1/4 BSP.F
DHGM-04X-2080 3/4 BSP.F
12(.47) 166 DHGM-04-2090 1/2 NPT
(6.54) 1/4 NPT 3/8-16 UNC 1/4-20 UNC
32.2(1.27) 101.6
DHGM-04X-2090 3/4 NPT
(4.00)
76.7
(3.02) 36
50 (1.42) 125
(1.97) (4.92)
"E" Thd. Refer to "C" Thd.
34(1.34) 17(.67) Deep 20 90 4 Places
4 Places (.79) (3.54)
21.5(.85)

33(1.30)

18.3(.72) 19 46
1.6(.06)
(.47)

(1.14)

(.75)
12

(.52)

(1.81)
13.1

(.40)
10.1

29
(.63)
16

P
(2.56)

(2.99)
(2.19)

(2.25)

X
65
55.6

57.1
(4.72)

(3.78)

(2.81)

(2.75)

(3.54)

76
71.4

69.8
120

P X
96

90

T
(.56)

T
14.2

A B Y Y B
A

11(.43) Dia. Through 6(.24) Dia. 2 Places


65.8 58
17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface
4 Places (2.59) "D" Thd. (2.28)
17.5(.69) Dia. 2 Places
14.2 88.1 4 Places 102
3.6(.14) Dia. (.56) (3.47) (4.02)
5(.20) Deep "F" Thd. 12(.47) Deep
2 Places 130 2 Places 137.5
(5.12) (5.41)

Used only on external pilot type valves. To be plugged on internal pilot type
valves.

No.6
E Series
Sub-Plate for PROPORTIONAL
Directional and Flow Control Valves CONTROLS
Installation Drawing
Sub-Plates
06
DHGM- 06X-50/5090 Sub-plate F
"C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd.
204 Model Numbers mm (in.)
(8.03)
DHGM-06-50 Rc 3/4
12 180 Rc 1/4 M12 24 (.94)
(.47) (7.09) DHGM-06X-50 Rc 1
25 130.2 DHGM-06-5090 3/4 NPT
(.98) (5.13) 1/4 NPT 1/2-13 UNC 26 (1.02)
DHGM-06X-5090 1 NPT
112.7
(4.44)
11(.43) Dia.
94.5 "D" Thd. (From Rear)
(3.72) 4 Places
77
(3.03)
53.2 "E" Thd. "F" Deep
6 Places
(2.09)
29.4(1.16)
Not used
(plug is not required) Not used
5.6(.22) (plug is not required)

(3.81)
(4.57)

(3.63)

TP Y
96.9
92.1
116

(2.94)

(2.88)

V
74.6

73.1
(1.81)
46.1

X A B
19.1(.75)

17.5(.69)
(.47)
12

17.5 34(1.34)
11(.43) Dia. Through
(.69) 17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface
29.5 4 Places 35(1.38)
Used only on external
pilot type valves. (1.16)
To be plugged on internal 100.8 50

H
pilot type valves. (3.97) 23(.91) Dia. (1.97)
"C" Thd. (From Rear)
7(.28) Dia. 12.5 126.2 4 Places
8(.31) Deep (.49) (4.97)
2 Places
156
(6.14) DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

06
DHGM- 06X-5080
D

E
1/4 BSP.F Thd.
204 M12 Thd. 4 Places
(8.03) 24(.94) Deep F
6 Places
12 180 50 H
(.47) (7.09) (1.97) Not used Not used
25 130.2 35 (plug is not J (plug is not
(.98) (5.13) (1.38) required) required)
(5.28)

(4.33)

(3.63)

P T
(4.57)

T Y
92.1

PY
134

110

116

(3.29)
(3.23)

V W
(.47)
11.9

83.5
(2.17)
82

X A B W B A
X
55
(1.04)

(1.10)
(.35)

26.4
8.9

28
(.47)
12

12.5 N
(.49) 11(.43) Dia.
156 4 Places
(6.14) L
"C" Thd. Used only on external
24.5(.96) Dia. 4 Places pilot type valves.
4 Places K To be plugged on internal
pilot type valves.

Sub-plate Dimensions mm (Inches)


"C" Thd.
Model Numbers D E F H J K L N
DHGM-06-5080 3/4 BSP.F 151.2 (5.95) 137.7 (5.42) 102 (4.02) 54.4 (2.14) 30.6 (1.20) 125.8 (4.95) 78.2 (3.08) 42.5 (1.67)
DHGM-06X-5080 1 BSP.F 155.2 (6.11) 148 (5.83) 106 (4.17) 50 (1.97) 25 (.98) 130 (5.12) 74 (2.91) 32 (1.26)
For other dimensions, refer to "DHGM-06∗-50/5090" above.

No.7
E Series
Directional and Flow Control Valves PROPORTIONAL
EDFHG-03/04/06 CONTROLS
Typical Performance Characteristics
Input Current vs. Flow Valve Pressure Difference vs. Flow
Viscosity : 30 mm2 /s (141 SSU) Viscosity : 30 mm2 /s (141 SSU)
Valve Pres. Difference : P →
A (B), B (A) T→ 1 MPa (145 PSI) EDFHG-03
3500 PSI
0 1000 2000 3000
U.S.GPM
140
35 A B
EDFHG-03 750 mA
L /min L /min 120 30
U.S.GPM

Flow Rate
700 mA PT
120
30
80 20
100 AB AB
25
80 PT PT 40
Flow Rate

Flow Rate
20 Valve Pres. Diff. 10
24.5 MPa 600 mA
60 15 24 16 8
0 0
0 8 24 16
40 10 24.5
600 mA
MPa
20 5
10 40 Valve Pres. Diff.

Flow Rate
0 0 20
1000 800 600 400 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 80
Input Current mA AB
30 700 mA
120
PT 35 750 mA L /min
140
U.S.GPM
3000 2000 1000 0
PSI 3500
EDFHG-04 3500 PSI
0 1000 2000 3000
U.S.GPM
280
70 A B
240 900 mA
L /min EDFHG-04 U.S.GPM L /min 60 P T

Flow Rate
800 mA
160 40 160 40
140
AB AB
120 30 Valve Pres. Diff. 80 20
PT PT MPa
Flow Rate

Flow Rate

100 24.5 700 mA


24 16 8
80 20 0 0
700 mA 0 8 24 16
60 24.5
Valve Pres. Diff. MPa
20 80
40 10
Flow Rate

20
40 160
0 0
1000 800 600 400 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 800 mA
AB
Input Current mA 60 900 mA 240
L /min
P T 70 280
U.S.GPM
3000 2000 1000 0
PSI 3500
EDFHG-06 3500 PSI
0 1000 2000 3000
U.S.GPM
400
EDFHG-06 900 mA 100 A B
L /min U.S.GPM L /min
80 800 mA
300 300 80 P T
Flow Rate

70
250 60
60 200
AB AB
40
200 50
PT PT 100
Flow Rate

Valve Pres. Diff.


Flow Rate

700 mA 20
150 40 24.5 MPa
24 16 8 600 mA
30 0 0
600 mA 0 8 16
24
100 24.5
20 20 700 mA Valve Pres. Diff. MPa
100
50
10 40
Flow Rate

200
0 0 60
1000 800 600 400 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000
Input Current mA 80 300
AB 800 mA L /min
P T 100 900 mA
400
U.S.GPM
3000 2000 1000 0
PSI 3500

No.8
E Series
Directional and Flow Control Valves PROPORTIONAL
EDFHG-03/04/06 CONTROLS
Typical Performance Characteristics
Frequency Response Step Response
These characteristics have been obtained by measuring on
each valve. Therefore, they may vary according to a
EDFHG-03 hydraulic circuit to be used.
Frequency (Hz)
0.2 0.4 0.7 1 2 4 7 10 20 40
0 0
Viscosity : 30 mm2 /s(141 SSU)
- 20 -10 Supply Pressure : 15.7 MPa(2275 PSI)
- 40 -20 Gain
Phase (deg.)

- 60 -30
Phase
EDFHG-03
Gain (dB)

- 80 U.S.GPM L/min
-100 140
-120 35
-140 120
30
-160
100

Flow Rate
-180

20 80 0.1 s
Model Number : EDFHG-03-100-3C2-E-31
Viscosity : 30 mm2 /s(141 SSU) 60
Pilot Pressure : 15.7 MPa(2275 PSI)
Travel of Spool : ±10% of Maximum Stroke 10 40 Step Signal

EDFHG-04
Frequency (Hz)
0.2 0.4 0.7 1 2 4 7 10 20 40 Time
0 0
- 20 -10 U.S.GPM L/min
- 40 -20 EDFHG-04
175
Phase (deg.)

- 60 -30 Gain 45
- 80
Gain (dB)

40 150
-100
-120 Phase
125
30
Flow Rate

-140
-160 100
0.1 s
-180

H
20 75
Model Number : EDFHG-04-140-3C2-E-31 Step Signal
50
Viscosity : 30 mm2 /s(141 SSU)
10
Pilot Pressure : 15.7 MPa(2275 PSI)
Travel of Spool : ±10% of Maximum Stroke

Time
EDFHG-06
Frequency (Hz)
0.2 0.4 0.7 1 2 4 7 10 20 40 U.S.GPM L/min EDFHG-06
0 0 400
- 20 -10 100
- 40 -20 350
Phase (deg.)

- 60 Gain
-30
- 80 80 300
Gain (dB)

Flow Rate

-100
-120 250
Phase 60
-140 200
-160 0.1 s
-180 40 150

Model Number : EDFHG-06-280-3C2-E-31 100 Step Signal


Viscosity : 30 mm2 /s(141 SSU) 20
Pilot Pressure : 15.7 MPa(2275 PSI)
Travel of Spool : ±10% of Maximum Stroke
Time

No.9
E Series
Directional and Flow Control Valves PROPORTIONAL
EDFHG-03/04/06 CONTROLS
Spare Parts List

EDFHG-03-100-3C∗ -XY-∗ -31/3190


EDFHG-04-140-3C∗ -XY-∗ -31/3190
EDFHG-06-280-3C∗ -XY-∗ -31/3190
15 16 Removed for
internal pilot models

8 17 14 6 21 26 18 20 25 7 19 24 29 22
23
28
27

Y Section X-X
X

A P B
T T

16 15

X Y

10 4 11 5 9 3 12 1 13 2

Section Y-Y

List of Seals & Solenoid Ass'y


EDFHG-03 EDFHG-04 EDFHG-06
Item Name of Parts
Part Numbers Qty. Part Numbers Qty. Part Numbers Qty.
6 Solenoid Ass'y E318-Y06M1-28-61 2 E318-Y06M1-28-61 2 E318-Y06M1-28-61 2
11 O-Ring SO-NB-P28 2 SO-NB-P34 2 SO-NB-P40 2
12 O-Ring SO-NB-A014 5 SO-NB-P22 4 SO-NB-P30 4
13 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 2 SO-NB-P9 2 SO-NB-P14 2
14 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 6 SO-NB-P9 2 SO-NB-P10 2
25 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 4 SO-NB-P9 4 SO-NB-P9 4
26 O-Ring SO-NB-P4 2 SO-NB-P4 2 SO-NB-P4 2
Note: The GDM-211-B-11 connector assembly is not included in the solenoid assembly.
When ordering seals, please specify the seal kit number from the table below. In addition to the above o-rings, o-
rings for solenoid ass'y are included in the seal kit.
For the detail of the solenoid ass'y o-rings, see the Catalogue No. Pub. EC-1302.

List of Seal Kits


CAUTION
Model Numbers Seal Kit Numbers
EDFHG-03 KS-EDFHG-03-31 When making replacement of seals, please do it
EDFHG-04 KS-EDFHG-04-31 carefully after reading through the relevant
EDFHG-06 KS-EDFHG-06-31
instructions in the Operator's Manual.

No.10
Pub. EC-1305
POWER AMPLIFIERS / SETTING
ADJUSTERS PROPORTIONAL
FOR PROPORTIONAL ELECTRO- CONTROLS
HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVES
Pow er Amplifiers
These are power amplifiers to be used exclusively to operate the electro-hydraulic proportional valves. Various type
and models on available for a variety of applications.

Applicable to
Ty pe Model Num bers Function P age
Control Valve
P ressure and

AME-D-10- -20 Flow Control By giving the com m and of DC voltage (0-10 V) to the am plifier,
current in proportion to that voltage will flow into the solenoid of
3
(For 10 Ω Sol.)
the control valve in order to control pressure or flow rate.
An external setting unit which m akes the com m and voltage of 0-10
AME-D-S- -32∗ Flow Control
(For 40 Ω Sol.) V and a DC power supply (or a function generator) are necessary , 9
but if a variable resistor for external setting is only one, the internal
DC Input power supply for am plifier can be used.

H
P ressure and
AME-D2-H1- -12 ∗ Flow Control 14
(For 40 Ω-10 Ω Sol.) Variable
Resistor
P ressure and 1kΩ
AME-D2-1010- -10∗ Flow Control Amplifier Valve
14
(For 10 Ω-10 Ω Sol.)

P ressure and
∗∗
SK1022- - -11 Flow Control
Basically , this is a DC input ty pe with a feedback operating unit.
3
(For 10 Ω Sol.)
DC Input-Feedback This is for high-accuracy control and used to feedback the pressure
or flow rate converted to electric signals.

AME-DF-S- -22 Flow Control
(For 40 Ω Sol.) 9

A slow up-down signal generator and the functions of a DC input


Flow Control ty pe are incorporated. This is used to control the pressure or flow
Slow Up-Down ∗
AME-T-S- -22 (For 40 Ω Sol.) rate by slow up-down pattern and the com m and signals are given
9
by relay contacts, lim it switches, tim er contacts, etc.

An am plifier which is operated by a battery power supply (24V).


SK1015-11 3
P ressure and By giving the com m and of DC voltage to the am plifier, current in
Flow Control proportion to that voltage will flow in the solenoid of the control
(For 10 Ω Sol.) valve in order to control pressure or flow rate.
AMN-D-10 An external setting unit which m akes the com m and voltage and a 7
DC power supply (or a function generator) are necessary , but if
DC Input
For DC P ower a variable resistor for external setting is only one, the internal
24 V DC power supply for am plifier can be used.

Variable
Directional and
SK1091-D24-10 Resistor 18
Flow Control
Amplifier Valve

SK1015 am plifier can be used in autom obile construction


m achine.

No.1
POWER AMPLIFIERS / SETTING
ADJUSTERS PROPORTIONAL
FOR PROPORTIONAL ELECTRO- CONTROLS
HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVES
Setting Adjusters
The setting adjuster supplies the command signal voltage to the power
amplifier. Since the setting adjuster is closely related to actual machine
operating procedure, the user generally provides this device.
Yuken makes the following standard setting adjusters for general use and
designs and manufactures special setting adjusters to order:

Ty pe Model Num bers Function P age

MC-01 This is the sim plest setting adj uster, consisting of a trim m er (1 kΩ ) and a dial. 18
Manually Operated
Setting Adj uster
Consisting of a centre-tapped trim m er (1 kΩ -1 k Ω ) and a dial, this setting
MC-02 adj uster is ideal for a servo sy stem . 18

6-point Setting Adj uster ∗


AMC-V6-S- -10 Six trim m ers are incorporated, so it is possible to set six points. 19

Multifunction Slope This m ultifunction slope controller generates any desired 2-channel analog
Controller AMC-T-20 voltage pattern outputs. It can also be used with slope-proportional and tim e- 20
proportional sy stem s.

Instructions for Pow er Amplifiers


The power amplifiers should be kept away from hot and humid conditions which may deteriorate some components of
the power amplifiers. They also should be installed in the clean and dry place where the vibration is minimal.
Please avoid to install the power amplifiers in the complete enclosure or get them enclosed totally as they need to radiate
the heat from semiconductors or ICs inside.
Please use shielded wires for input signal transmission to prevent the amplifiers from any interference such as noise from
outside.

No.2
Power Amplifiers
For 10 Ω Series Control Valves PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Specifications / Others

These power amplifiers are used to drive the 10 Ω series proportional


electro-hydraulic pressure and flow control valves.

Model Number Designation


AM E -D -10 -100 -20
Series Coil Resistance Design
Ty pe of Function P ower Supply
Num ber of Valve Num ber

100 : 100 V AC
AME D : DC Input Ty pe 10: 10 Ω 20
200 : 200 V AC
Applicable to Valve
SK1022 -A -100 -11 Nam e of Valve Model Num bers

Series Num ber Ty pe of Function P ower Supply Design


P ilot Relief Valves EDG-01 ∗
Num ber EBG-03
Relief Valves EBG-06
EBG-10
A : P olarity of Feedback
SK1022 : 100: 100 V AC Reducing and ERBG-06
Voltage...(-)
DC Input-Feedback 11 Relieving Valves ERBG-10
Ty pe B : P olarity of Feedback
Voltage...(+) 200: 200/220 V AC
10 Ω Series EFG - 03
Flow Control Valves EFCG 06
SK1015 :
10 Ω-10 Ω Series
DC Input Ty pe 11 EFBG-03
for DC P ower High Flow Series EFBG-06
Flow Control and

H
Supply EFBG-10
Relief Valves

Use with 24 V DC since this is for a battery power supply .

Specifications
Model No.
Description
AME-D-10- -20∗ SK1022-A- -11 ∗ SK1022-B- -11∗ SK1015-11

DC Input DC Input
Ty pe of Fuction DC Input Ty pe DC Input Ty pe
Feedback Ty pe Feedback Ty pe
Max. Output Current 1 A (10 Ω Solenoid) 1 A (10 Ω Solenoid) 1 A (10 Ω Solenoid) 0.9 A (10 Ω Solenoid)
Max. Input Voltage + 10 V DC + 10 V DC + 10 V DC + 10 V DC
Feedback Voltage 0 to -10V 0 to +10V
Input Im pedance 10 k Ω 50 k Ω 50 k Ω 50 k Ω
Max. Gain 1A /5V 1 A / 0.5 V 1 A / 0.5 V 0.9 A / 5 V
Dither Variable Fix Fix Fix
Tem perature Drift (Max.) 0.2 m A /°C 0.2 m A /°C 0.2 m A /°C 1 m A /°C
100 V AC, 200 V AC
P ower Supply 100 V AC, 200/220 V AC ±10% (50/60 Hz) 22-30 V DC
(50/60 Hz)
P ower Input (Max.) 55 VA 45 VA 45 VA 25 VA
Am bient Tem perature 0-50°C (32-122°F) 0-50°C (32-122°F) 0-50°C (32-122°F) 0-50°C (32-122°F)
External Setting Resistance 1kΩ 1kΩ 1kΩ 10 k Ω
Approx. Mass 2.1 kg (4.6 lbs.) 4.5 kg (9.9 lbs.) 4.5 kg (9.9 lbs.) 0.4 kg (.88 lbs.)
Serviceable Range; 100 V AC can be used from 90 to 132 V AC, 200 V AC can be used from 180 to 264 V AC.

Instructions
Power supply for the setting adjuster can be provided from this power amplifier, but for only one. However, please use
the variable resistor or potentiometre of which impedance is 1 k Ω (in case of model SK1015, use 10 k Ω ) for the
setting adjuster.

No.3
Power Amplifiers
For 10 Ω Series Control Valves PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Installation Drawing

AME-D-10-∗ -20
T erm inal Board
Term inal Nam e
Num ber
[Exam ple Diagram ]
1 Input Signal IN
2 Input Signal COM
Setting Adjuster
3
MC-01
6 220 Ω +12V 4
DITHER 5 Input Signal COM
MAX
1 Internal P ower Supply
7 SOL 6 +12 V
MIN (10 V at 1 k Ω)
1 kΩ 2
7 Output to Valve
8 SOL
8 Solenoid
9
10 11 12
10 Ground G
Power Supply 11 P ower Supply
12 100/200 V AC

Ammeter
(Output Current) Terminal Board
(Refer to table above)

Max. Adjuster 1
POWER AMP

CURRENT
MONITOR Zero Adjuster 2
189(7.44)

199(7.83)

178(7.01)
MAX IN 1
Power Fuse CO M 2
3
MIN 4
CO M 5 9
12V 6 G 10
Supply Switch 7 AC 11
S OL
F DITHER 8 12
POWER Dither Adjuster
4.5(.18) Dia. Through
4 Places Indicator Lamp

70 170 76
(2.76) (6.69) (2.99)
80 25 185.5
(3.15) (.98) (7.30)

1. Adj ustm ent of upper lim it of usable range


2. Adj ustm ent of lower lim it of usable range

DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

No.4
Power Amplifiers
For 10 Ω Series Control Valves PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Installation Drawing

SK1022-A
B -∗ -11
T erm inal Board
Term inal
Nam e
Num ber
[ Exam ple Diagram ] 1 Input Signal REF
2 Input Signal COM
Setting Adjuster
MC-01 3 Feedback Signal F.B
10 470Ω 4 Feedback Signal COM
15V
5
REF DIT HER
1 6
GAIN SOL 7
1 kΩ 2
8 8
11 Output to Valve
SOL
3 9 Solenoid
F.B NULL
9 P ower Supply for
4 10 Setting Adj uster +15V
(10 V at 1 kΩ)
Pressure 12 13 14
Sensor 11 Ground G
Power Supply 12 P ower Supply
13 100 V AC, 200V AC : 13, 14
14 220 V AC : 12, 14

Terminal Board
Ammeter (Output Current) (Refer to table above)

Check Terminal
4 3 Places
Reference
Adjuster Feedback 3
Adjuster
199(7.83)

8 REF 1
Zero 2

(7.01)
SOL
R EF C OM FB

178
9 COM 2
Gain Adjuster 1
189(7.44)

Adjuster Power Fuse +15V 10 F.B 3


G 11COM 4
Supply N U LL GAIN 100 V AC : 2A 12 5
Switch Indicator Lamp 200/220 V AC : AC 13 6 Output
1A 14 7 Fuse (2A)
POW ER
F1 F2

4.5(.18) Dia.

H
Through
4 Places
240(9.45) 120
105(4.13)
22 (4.72)
125(4.92) 260(10.24)
(.87)
1. Adj ustm ent of upper lim it of usable range
2. Adj ustm ent of lower lim it of usable range
3. Adj ustm ent of feedback voltage ratio
4. Adj ustm ent of input voltage ratio
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
SK1015-11

120(4.72) 45
Lead Wire 4(.16) Dia.
(1.77)
[ Exam ple Diagram ] Approx. 100(3.94) Through 3
4 Places (.12)
200
Setting
Adjuster (7.87)
1
Yellow 1 kΩ Blue 2
+ SOL
3
NULL GAIN

75(2.95)
85(3.35)

Red
4
Black Blue 5
10 kΩ White Black 6
7
24 V DC

2
Zero Adjuster
1
Gain Adjuster
Lead Wire Detail
1 W hite........P lus of 24 V DC 1. Adj ustm ent of upper lim it of usable range
2 Black........Zero of 24 V DC
2. Adj ustm ent of lower lim it of usable range
3 Blue..........
4 Blue.......... Output to Valve Solenoid
5 Yellow......15 V P ower Supply for Setting Adj uster (10 V at 10 kΩ)
6 Red...........Input Signal
7 Black........Zero of Input Signal

No.5
Power Amplifiers
For 10 Ω Series Control Valves PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Specifications / Others

Compact power amplifiers for 10 Ω proportional solenoids. The power


supply is 24 V DC. It uses a new circuitry to be slow to heat.

Model Number Designation


AM N -D -10
Design
Series Num ber Ty pe of Function Num ber

AMN D : DC Input Ty pe 10

Specifications Applicable to Valve


Model No. Nam e of Valve Model Num bers
AMN-D-10
Description P ilot Relief Valves EDG-01 ∗
EBG-03
Ty pe of Function DC Input Ty pe Relief Valves EBG-06
EBG-10
Max. Output Current 1 A (10 Ω Solenoid)
Reducing and ERBG-06
P ower Input (Max.) + 10 V DC
Relieving Valves ERBG-10
Input Im pedance 10 k Ω
Max. Gain 1A /5V 10 Ω Series EFG - 03
Flow Control Valves EFCG 06
Dither Variable
Tem perature Drift (Max.) 0.2 m A /°C 10 Ω-10 Ω Series EFBG-03
High Flow Series
P ower Supply 24 V DC (20 - 30 V DC) EFBG-06
Flow Control and EFBG-10
Max. Input P ower 25 W Relief Valves
Am bient Tem perature 0 - 50°C (32 - 122°F)
External Setting Resistance 1 kΩ
Approx. Mass 0.2 kg (.44 lbs.)

AMN-D-10 DIMENSIONS IN
[Exam ple Diagram ] MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Setting Adjuster
MC-01 4 MIN
+12V
5 3.5(.14) Dia.
SPAN Through
6 7 SOL 2 Places
8
1 kΩ

D ITH ER MIN SPAN


100(3.94)

3 1 2
90(3.54)

Zero Adjuster
Power Supply
Span Adjuster
POW ER

T erm inal Board


Term inal 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Nam e
Num ber
1 P ower Supply +24 V Terminal Board
(Refer to table on
2 P ower Supply 0V
the left.) Indicator
3 Ground G 50 Lamp
4 Internal P ower Supply +12 V (1.97)
2.5
5 Input Signal IN (.10) 60
(2.36)
6 Input Signal COM 30
(1.18)
7 Output to Valve
SOL
8 Solenoid

No.6
Power Amplifiers
For 40 Ω Series Control Valves PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Specifications / Others

These power amplifiers are used to drive the 40 Ω series proportional


electro-hydraulic flow control valves.

Model Number Designation


AM E -D -S -100 -32
Series Ty pe of Design
Ty pe of Function P ower Supply
Num ber Mounting Num ber

D : DC Input Ty pe 32
100:
S : P anel
DF : DC Input 100 V AC
AME Mounting 22
Feedback Ty pe 200:
Ty pe
T : Slow Up Down 200/220 V AC
22
Ty pe

Applicable to Valve
Nam e of Valve Model Num bers

40 Ω Series EFG -02/03/06/10


Flow Control Valve EFCG
40 Ω-10 Ω Series
Flow Control and EFBG-03/06/10
Relief Valve

H
Specifications
Model No.
Description
AME-D-S- -32 ∗ AME-DF-S- -22∗ AME-T-S- -22∗
Ty pe of Function DC Input Ty pe DC Input Feedback Ty pe Slow Up Down Ty pe
Max. Output Current 0.8 A (40 Ω Solenoid) 0.8 A (40 Ω Solenoid) 0.8 A (40 Ω Solenoid)
Max. Input Voltage + 10 V DC + 10 V DC
Feedback Voltage 0 to -10 V
Input Im pedance 10 k Ω 50 k Ω
Slow Up Down Range 0.05 to 1 s /100 m A
Max. Gain 0.8 A / 5 V 0.8 A / 5 V
Dither Fix Fix Fix
Tem perature Drift (Max.) 0.2 m A /°C 0.2 m A /°C 0.2 m A /°C
P ower Supply 100 V AC, 200/220 V AC ±10% (50/60 Hz)
P ower Input (Max.) 90 VA 90 VA 90 VA
Am bient Tem perature 0-50°C (32-122°F) 0-50°C (32-122°F) 0-50°C (32-122°F)
External Setting Resistance 1 kΩ 1 kΩ
Approx. Mass 4.5 kg (9.9 lbs.) 4.5 kg (9.9 lbs.) 4.5 kg (9.9 lbs.)

Instructions
When DC input type (AME-D-S) or DC input-feedback type (AME-DF-S) power amplifier is used, power supply for
the setting adjuster can be provided from this power amplifier, but for only one. However, please use the variable
resistor or potentiometre of which impedance is 1 k Ω for the setting adjuster.

No.7
Power Amplifiers
For 40 Ω Series Control Valves PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Installation Drawing

AME-D-S-∗ -32
T erm inal Board
Term inal Nam e
Num ber
[Exam ple Diagram ]
1 Input Signal IN
2 Input Signal COM
Setting Adjuster
3
MC-01
10 470 Ω 4
15V
DITHER 5
GAIN 6
1 SOL
NULL 8 7
1 kΩ 2
8
9 Output to Valve Solenoid SOL
9
11 12 13 14 P ower Supply for Setting
10
Adj uster (10 V at 1 k Ω) +15 V
Power Supply 11 Ground G
12 P ower Supply
13 100 V AC, 200 V AC: 13, 14
220 V AC: 12, 14
14

Ammeter
(Output Current)

Zero Adjuster 2 1
Gain Adjuster
189(7.44)

199(7.83)

NULL GAIN X
Supply Switch

POWER
4.5(.18) Dia.
Through Indicator
4 Places Lamp

105 240
(4.13) (9.45)
125 22 260
(4.92) (10.24)
(.87)

Terminal Board
(Refer to table above)

1. Adj ustm ent of upper lim it of usable range


2. Adj ustm ent of lower lim it of usable range
8 IN 1
SOL 9 COM 2
10 3
178(7.01)

+15V
G 11 4

DIMENSIONS IN Power Fuse AC


12
13
5
6
MILLIMETRES (INCHES) 100 V AC: 3 A 14 7

200/220 V AC: 1.5 A Output


F1 F2 Fuse (1.5 A)

120
(4.72)

View Arrow X

No.8
Power Amplifiers
For 40 Ω Series Control Valves PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Installation Drawing

AME-DF-S-∗ -22
T erm inal Board
Term inal Nam e
Num ber
[Exam ple Diagram ]
1 Input Signal IN
2 Input Signal COM
Setting Adjuster
MC-01 3 Feedback Signal F.B
10 470 Ω 4 Feedback Signal COM
15V
REF DITHER 5
1 6
GAIN
1 kΩ 2 SOL 7
8
11 8
3 Output to Valve Solenoid SOL
F.B NULL
9 9
4 P ower Supply for Setting
10
Adj uster (10 V at 1 k Ω ) +15 V
Sensor 12 13 14
11 Ground G
Power Supply 12 P ower Supply
13 100 V AC, 200 V AC: 13, 14
220 V AC: 12, 14
14

Ammeter
(Output Current)

Check Terminal
3 Places
4
Reference Adjuster
Feedback Adjuster 3

Zero Adjuster 2
R EF C OM FB X
Gain Adjuster 1

H
189(7.44)
199(7.83)

Supply Switch NULL GAIN

POWER Indicator Lamp

4.5(.18) Dia.
Through
4 Places

105 240
(4.13) (9.45)
125 22 260
(4.92) (.87) (10.24)

Terminal Board
(Refer to table above)
1. Adj ustm ent of upper lim it of usable range
2. Adj ustm ent of lower lim it of usable range
3. Adj ustm ent of feedback voltage ratio
4. Adj ustm ent of input voltage ratio

8 REF 1
SOL 9COM 2
10 F.B 3
178(7.01)

+15V
G 11COM 4
12 5
DIMENSIONS IN Power Fuse
AC 13
14
6
7
MILLIMETRES (INCHES) 100 V AC: 3 A Output
F1 F2 Fuse (1.5 A)
200/220 V AC: 1.5 A

120
(4.72)

View Arrow X

No.9
Power Amplifiers
For 40 Ω Series Control Valves PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Installation Drawing

AME-T-S-∗ -22
T erm inal Board
Trm inal
Nam e
Num ber
1 Input Com m and CR1
[Exam ple Diagram ] Input Com m and CR2
2
3 Input Com m and CR3
4 Input Com m and CR4
1 CH1
CR1 D ITH ER
2 5
CR2 SOL
3 8 6
CR3
Limit Switch 4 7
CR4 CH2
10 9 8
Output to Valve Solenoid SOL
9
Sequence Holding
Circuit 12 13 14 10 Input Com m and CR. COM
Power Supply 11 Ground G
12 P ower Supply
13 100 V AC, 200 V AC: 13, 14
14 220 V AC: 12, 14

Ammeter (Output Current)


Terminal Board
Indicator Lamp (Refer to table above)
(CH2)
Indicator Lamp
(CH1)

CH1 Adjuster CH2 Adjuster


8 1
199(7.83)

9 2

(7.01)
178
MAX MIN MAX MIN 10 3
189(7.44)

11 4
Null Adjuster Power Fuse 12 5
Supply Switch UP DOW UP DOW 13 6
100 V AC : 3A 14 7 Output
200/220 V AC : Fuse
POWER NULL F1 F2
1.5 A (1.5 A)
4.5(.18) Dia.
Through
4 Places
120
Indicator Lamp 105(4.13) 240(9.45)
22 (4.72)
125(4.92) 260(10.24)
(.87)

[Output Current Pattern]


CH1
(Channel 1) DIMENSIONS IN
CH2
(Channel 2)
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Current

MAX.1 DOWN.1 DOWN.2


MAX.2
UP.1 UP.2

NULL MIN.1 MIN.2


Time
Terminal
CR1.ON 1 & 10 in Short-Circuit
CR2.ON 2 & 10 in Short-Circuit
CR3.ON 3 & 10 in Short-Circuit
4 & 10 in Short-Circuit
CR4.ON

Note: 1. CR1 to CR4: Relays in the power amplifier.


The output patterns CH1 and CH2 can not be obtained simultaneously nor can they be transmitted halfway to
another pattern.
2. The words such as MAX, MIN, UP and DOWN show the volume adjustment of the power amplifier.

No.10
Power Amplifiers
For 40 Ω Series Control Valves PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
How to Calculate Accelerating and Decelerating
How to Calculate Accelerating and Decelerating Time (Example)
Quest ion: W ish t o accelerat e and decelerat e t he act uat or in bet ween 5 L/m in (1.32 U.S. GP M ) and 25
L/m in (6.6 U.S. GP M ) in t he use of proport ional flow cont rol valve m odel EFG-02-30.
In such case, what are t he m axim um and m inim um t im e adjust able for t he accelerat ion and
decelerat ion?
Answer: T he input current for EFG-02-30 at t he flow rat e of 5 L/m in (1.32 U.S.GP M ) and 25 L/m in
(6.6 U.S. GP M ) can be obt ained respect ively from t he chart below. T he chart shows:
Input current at 5 L/m in (1.32 U.S. GP M ) 300 m A
Input current at 25 L/m in (6.6 U.S. GP M ) 520 m A
T hen, t he difference bet ween t he above t wo can be obt ained wit h t he following form ula:
520 m A-300 m A=220 m A
W hile, t he specificat ion for t he m odel AM E-T -S shows t he am plifier's gradient for
accelerat ion or decelerat ion as being bet ween 0.05 s/100 m A and 1.0 s/100 m A (which m eans
t hat t he m inim um t im e is 0.05 second and t he m axim um t im e is 1.0 second for every 100 m A
variat ion).
T herefore, t he m inim um and m axim um adjust able t im e can be obt ained as follows:

220 m A × 0.05 second = 0.11 second (M inim um )


100 m A

220 m A × 1.0 second = 2.2 second (M axim um )


100 m A

T he result above are as illustrated on the below.

H
[Flow Pattern] [Input Current vs. Flow]

EFG-02
25 L /min
(6.6 U.S.GPM)
U.S.GPM L /min
8 30
(U.S.GPM)
Flow Rate
L /min

7
25
6
5 L /min 20
5
Flow Rate

(1.3 U.S.GPM)
0
Min. Min.
0.11 s 0.11 s 4 15

Max. 2.2 s Max. 2.2 s 3


Tim e s 10
2
5
1

0 0
0 10 200 300 400 500 600
Input Current mA

No.11
Power Amplifiers
For 40 Ω-10 Ω Series Control Valves PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Specifications / Others

These power amplifiers are specially designed to combine and


incorporate the functions of pressure control (10 Ω solenoid) and
flow control (40 Ω solenoid) into one and can be used for the
proportional electro-hydraulic flow control and relief valves of which
model numbers are as shown below.

Model Number Designation


AM E -D2 -H1 -100 -12
Design
Series Num ber Ty pe of Function Ty pe of Mounting P ower Supply
Num ber

100: 100 V AC
AME D2: DC Input Ty pe H1: W all Tapestry 12
Ty pe 200: 200/220 V AC

Applicable to Valve
Nam e of Valve Model Num bers
40Ω- 10Ω Series 03-125
Flow Control and EFBG- 06-250 - C
Relief Valve 10-500 H

Specifications
Model No. AME-D2-H1- -12∗
Description Flow Controls (40Ω Solenoid) P ressure Controls (10Ω Solenoid)
Ty pe of Function DC Input Ty pe DC Input Ty pe
Max. Output Current 0.8 A (40Ω Solenoid) 1 A (10Ω Solenoid)
Max. Input Voltage +10 V DC +10 V DC
Input Im pedance 10 k Ω 10 k Ω
Max. Gain 0.8 A / 5 V 1A /5V
Dither Fix Fix
Tem perature Drift (Max.) 0.2 m A /°C 0.2 m A /°C
P ower Supply 100 V AC, 200/220 V AC ± 10% (50/60 Hz)
P ower Input (Max.) 130 VA
Am bient Tem perature 0-50°C (32-122°F)
External Setting Resistance 1 kΩ 1kΩ
Approx. Mass 5.6 kg (12.3 lbs.)

Instructions
Power supply for the setting adjuster up to 2 set can be provided from this power amplifier. However, please use the
variable resistor or potentiometre of which impedance is 1 k Ω for the setting adjuster.

No.12
Power Amplifiers
For 40 Ω -10 Ω Series Control Valves PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Installation Drawing

AME-D2-H1-∗ -12
T erm inal Board
Term inal Nam e
Num ber
[Exam ple Diagram ]
1 P ower Supply
2 100 V AC, 200 V AC: 1, 2
220 V AC: 1, 3
Flow Setting 3
Adjuster 4 Ground G
DITHER
20 12V 5 Output to P ressure Control
19 SPAN Flow Control Valve Valve (10 Ω ) Solenoid
6 PR. SOL
9 40 Ω SOL
17 MIN 7 Am m eter
18 DITHER 8 8 Output to Flow Control
Pres.Control Valve
SPAN
6 10 Ω SOL 9 Valve (40 Ω ) Solenoid FL. SOL
TOFF TON 10 Am m eter
MIN 5 11 Com m on COM
4
12
Pres. Setting 13
Adjuster 14 -12 V OUT -12 V
15 Com m on COM
16 +12 V OUT +12 V
17 Com m on COM
18 Input Signal for P RES. PR.IN
19 Input Signal for FLOW FL.IN
20 +12 V OUT +12 V

Terminal Board

H
(Refer to the table 1
Pres. Zero-Point Adjuster
on the right above.)
Flow Zero-Point Adjuster 3

POWER
AMPLIFIER
10 20
PRES FLOW 2
9 19 Pres. Span Adjuster
8 18 Flow Span Adjuster 4
7 17
MIN
6 16
200(7.87)
188(7.40)

5 15
(6.85)

SPAN
174

4 14
3 13 T ON
2 12
T OFF
1 11 Pres. Rising Time Adjuster

F1 F2 POWER Indicator Lamp

Pres. Falling Time Adjuster

Flow Output Fuse 6(.24) Supply Switch


1.5 A 60 145
100(3.94)
Pres. Output Fuse (2.36) (5.71)
220(8.66)
2A

1. Minim um P ressure Setting


2. Variable P ressure Range Setting
3. Minim um Flow Setting
4. Variable Flow Range Setting
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

No.13
Power Amplifiers
For 10 Ω -10 Ω Series Control Valves PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Specifications / Others

These power amplifiers can drive two solenoid of 10 Ω load simultaneously


or separately, and the control can be done in the same way even though the
object is separated by pressure system and flow rate system. Although the
display of control unit on the front panel is PRESS and FLOW , they
are exactly the same circuit, so there is no distinction between the two system
when used.

Model Number Designation Applicable to Valve


AM E -D2 -1010 -100 -10 Nam e of Valve Model Num bers

Series Ty pe of Function Coil Resistance P ower Supply Design


P ilot Relief Valves EDG-01 ∗
Num ber of Valve Num ber EBG-03
Relief Valves EBG-06
D2 : 100 : 100 V AC EBG-10
AME DC Input Ty pe 1010: 10 Ω × 2 10
200 : 200/220 V AC Reducing and ERBG-06
Relieving Valves ERBG-10

10 Ω Series EFG - 03
Flow Control Valves EFCG 06

10 Ω-10 Ω Series
Specifications High Flow Series EFBG-03
EFBG-06
Flow Control and
Model No. EFBG-10
Description
AME-D2-1010- -10 ∗ Relief Valves

Ty pe of Function DC Input Ty pe
Max. Output Current 1 A (10 Ω Solenoid)
Max. Input Voltage + 10 V DC
Input Im pedance 10 k Ω Applicable to Piston Pump
Max. Gain 1A /5V Nam e of P um p Model Num bers
Dither Variable 100-300 m A
A16
Tem perature Drift (Max.) 0.2 m A /°C A22 - -R-04
P ower Supply 100 V AC, 200/220 V AC ±10% (50/60 Hz) A37 ∗
"A" Series Variable A56
P ower Input (Max.) 120 VA Displacem ent
A70
P iston P um p
Am bient Tem perature 0-50°C (32-122°F) ∗
A90 - -R-04
External Setting Resistance 1 kΩ P roportional A145
Electro-Hy draulic
Approx. Mass 4.3 kg (9.5 lbs.) Load Sensing Ty pe Also, double pum ps
com bined with the
m odels listed above
and fixed displace-
m ent vane pum ps.

Instructions
Power supply for the setting adjuster up to 2 set can be provided from this power amplifier. However, please use the
variable resistor or potentiometre of which impedance is 1 k Ω for the setting adjuster.

No.14
Power Amplifiers
For 10 Ω-10 ΩSeries Control Valves PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Installation Drawing

AME-D2-1010-∗ -10
T erm inal Board
Term inal Nam e
Num ber
[Exam ple Diagram ] 1 P ower Supply
2 100 V AC, 200 V AC: 1, 2
3 220 V AC: 1, 3
Flow
Setting Adjuster 4 Ground G
17 DIT HER 5 Output to P ressure Control
+12V
16 FL.
SPAN 6 Valve Solenoid PR.SOL
9 SOL
14 MIN 7 Am m eter
15 8
DIT HER 8 Output to Flow Control
PR. 9 Valve Solenoid FL.SOL
SPAN
6 SOL 10 Am m eter
MIN
4 11 −12 V OUT −12 V
5
Pressure 12 Com m on COM
Setting Adjuster 1 2 3 13 +12V OUT +12 V
Power Supply 14 Com m on COM
15 Input Signal for P RES. PR. IN
16 Input Signal for FLOW FL. IN
17 +12V OUT +12 V

Pres. Dither Adjuster


Pres. Span Adjuster

Terminal Board Pres. Zero-Point Adjuster Flow Zero-Point Adjuster

H
(Refer to table on
the right above.)
Flow Span Adjuster

POWER AMPLIFIER
Flow Dither Adjuster
+12V AME-D 2 -1010 -200 -10
+A 10 17
− FL
FL 9 16
IN PR ESS FLOW
SOL 8 PR 15
IN MIN
200(7.87)
188(7.40)

7 COM 14
+
(6.89)

−A 6 +12V
175

PR 13 Indicator Lamp
SPAN
SOL 5 C OM 12
GN D 4 −12V 11
D ITH ER
3
AC220V
2
AC200V
1 F1 F2 F3 POW ER
US US US
F

F
E

6(.24) 145
(5.71)
60
100(3.94)
(2.36) Supply Switch
220(8.66)

Power Fuse Pres. Output Fuse


100 V AC : 2A (1.5A)
200 V AC :1A
Flow Output Fuse
(1.5A)

DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

No.15
Power Amplifiers
For Directional and Flow Control Valves PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Specifications / Others

Model Number Designation


SK1091 -D24 -10
Series Num ber P ower Supply Design Num ber
SK1091 D24: 24 V DC 10

Applicable to Valve
Nam e of Valve Model Num bers
03
Directional and EDFHG- 04
Flow Control Valve 06

Specifications
Model No.
SK1091-D24-10
Description
Max. Output Current 1 A (10 Ω Solenoid)
-10 V DC for SOL a
Max. Input Voltage +10 V DC for SOL b
Input Im pedance 10 k Ω
Max. Gain 1 A / ±5 V
Dither Variable
Delay Tim e Adj ustm ent 0.15-3 s
Range
Tem perature Drift (Max.) 0.2 m A /°C
P ower Supply 24 V DC (21-28 V Included Ripple)
Required Current More than 1.5 A
P ower Input (Max.) 25 W
Am bient Tem perature 0-50°C (32-122°F)
Am bient Hum idity Less than 90%RH
External Setting Resistance 2kΩ
Approx. Mass 1.0 kg (2.2 lbs.)

Instructions
Power Supply for the Setting Adjuster
Power supply for the setting adjuster can be provided from this power amplifier, but for only one. However, please use
the variable resistor or potentiometre of which impedance is 2 k Ω for the setting adjuster.
Power Switch
The power amplifier has no power supply switch. As soon as it is connected to a power supply , it comes to be alive.
Provide a power switch externally.

No.16
Power Amplifiers
For Directional and Flow Control Valves PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Installation Drawing

SK1091-D24-10

[Exam ple Diagram ] [Input-Output Characteristics]

Output Current (A)


MINa
Setting Adjuster D OW N a For SOL a For SOL b
UPa
MC-02 SPANa
4
+12V
1 8 SOLa

6
D ELAY 9
-12V SPAN a SPAN b
10 SOLb
5 MIN a MIN b
UPb 11
2 kΩ -V Input Voltage +V
14 D OW N b SPANb MINb D ITH ER Approx. ±0.1V
24V 0V
12 13
Power Supply

T erm inal Board


Term inal Nam e
Num ber
1 Input Signal IN [Delay Function]
2 Input Signal COM
3
4 P ower Supply for Setting Adj uster +12V +V
5 P ower Supply for Setting Adj uster COM Input Voltage 0
6 P ower Supply for Setting Adj uster -12V -V
7
8 UP b UP a
Output to Valve Solenoid SOL a Output Current 0
9 DOWN b DOWN a

H
10
Output to Valve Solenoid SOL b
11
12 P ower Supply 24 V
13 P ower Supply 0V
14 Ground FG DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

Indicator Lamp
Delay Time
Adjuster
for SOL a
POW ER
SOL a, b SOLa
Indicator Lamp SOLb

Delay Time
1

UPa
Adjuster
2

DOWNa for SOL b


3 4

UPb
5

166(6.54)

180(7.09)

150(5.91)
6

DOWNb
8 7

SPANa
9
14 13 12 11 10

SPANb

MINa Span Adjuster


MINb

D ITH ER

Zero-Point Adjuster
Terminal Board
(Refer to the table
on the above.)
6 10 100
(.24) Dither Adjuster
(.39) (3.94)
48
(1.89)

No.17
Setting Adjusters
Manually Operated Setting Adjusters PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Installation Drawing

MC-01
[Electric Circuit] [Exam ple Diagram ] [M ounting Panel]
Setting Adjuster Power Amplifier M4 Thd.
4 Places
(MC-01) (AME-D-10)
3
3 6 7
Clockwise
Rotation 2 1 8
1kΩ

62(2.44)
70(2.76)
2 1 2
10
1
11 12
Power Supply
62(2.44)
4.5(.18) Dia.
Through 70(2.76)
4 Places

50
40 60
5(.20)

30 70
70(2.76)
80(3.15)

(2.36)
60
3
20 80
2
1 2 3 4
10 90 1
0 100
YU KEN MOD EL MC -01

60
70(2.76) 2.3(.09) 10 (2.36)
80(3.15) 30 60 (.39)
(1.18) (2.36)

DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
MC-02
[How to Use] [Exam ple Diagram ] [M ounting Panel]
This setting adj uster is for using positive and M4 Thd.
negative voltages to the right and left of the 4 Places
zero point. Most suitable for servo sy stem s.
P lease contact us for usage details. Setting Adjuster Power Amplifier
(MC-02) SK1091-D24-10 62(2.44)
3 4 70(2.76)
+12V
2 1
[Electric Circuit] Input
1 6
4 −12V
4 5 0V
Servo Amplifier 62(2.44)
3
70(2.76)
1kΩ

Clockwise
Rotation
2kΩ

2
1kΩ

1
4.5(.18) Dia.
Through
4 Places

0
DEC.20 20 INC.
5(.20)

40 40
70(2.76)
80(3.15)

(2.36)
60

3
60 60 2
1 1 2 3 4
80 80
100 100
YU KEN MOD EL MC -02

2.3(.09) 10 60
70(2.76) (2.36)
30 60 (.39)
80(3.15) (1.18) (2.36)

No.18
Setting Adjusters
6-Point Setting Adjusters PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Installation Drawing

AMC-V6-S-∗ -10
T erm inal Board
Power Supply
100 ............100 V AC Term inal Nam e
200 ............200 V AC Num ber
220 ............220 V AC 1 1 OUT (VR1)
2 2 OUT (VR2)
[Electric Circuit] 3 3 OUT (VR3)
4 4 OUT (VR4)
12 5 5 OUT (VR5)
AC 10 VDC 10V VR1 VR2 VR3 VR4 VR5 VR6
Power Supply 13 Power 6 6 OUT (VR6)
Supply 7
14
0V
8 0V COM
9
10
11 8(0V) 1 2 3 4 5 6
11 Ground G
12
13 P ower Supply
[Exam ple Diagram ] 14 85-265 V AC

Setting Adjuster Relay Circuit Power Amplifier


(AMC-V6-S) (AME-D-S)

1 SOL
2 1 8
3
4
5
6 2 9
8
13 14 13 14 11

H
11

AC
Power Supply

Terminal Board
Adjusting Dial 4.5(.18) Dia. Through (Refer to the table above)
6 Places 4 Places

1 4

8 1
2 5 9 2
10 3
189(7.44)
199(7.83)

(7.01)

11 4
178

12 5
3 6 13 6
14 7
Supply Switch

POW ER F1

76
70(2.76) Indicator 240(9.45)
22 (2.99)
80(3.15) Lamp 260(10.24) Power Fuse (1A )
(.87)

DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

No.19
Setting Adjusters
Multifunction Slope Controllers PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Specifications / Others

This controller can generate any desired 2-channel analog voltage pattern outputs
and can be used with slope-proportional and time-proportional systems.

Model Number Designation


AM C -T -20
Design
Series Num ber Ty pe of Function Num ber
T : Acceleration/deceleration signal ty pe
AMC: Setting Adj uster 20
(Slope Controller)

Specifications
Model No.
AMC-T-20
Description
Num ber of Output Channels 2 channels (A, B)
Maxim um Output Range 0 - +5 V , 0 - ±5 V, 0 - +10 V, 0 - ±10 V (The settings are DIP switch selectable)
Slope-constant
W ith a level change, the slope will not change (but arrival tim e changes.) to be selected
Two Categories of Slopes
Tim e-constant by DIP switch
W ith a level change, the tim e will not change (but the slope changes.)

Acceleration/Deceleration 4 Ty pes P oly gonal Line Signal : 1 Ty pe to be selected


Signal Ty pe Curve Com pensation Signal : 3 Ty pes by DIP switch

Maxim um Slope Tim e 5 s , 20 s, 50 s, 100 s (The settings are DIP switch selectable)
Setting Resolution The level and slope settings are variable in 0.1% units from 0 to ±99.9%
Mode 1, 4-bit binary code input, 15 patterns
Control Mode Mode 2, 6-bit binary code input, 63 patterns
Num ber of P reselected P atterns
Mode 3, Tim er control, 9 patterns (4 variations)

Stop Mode ON : The stop m ode is to retain the state of controller output at the instant an external input signal is
Applicable Only for interrupted. W hen the external signal is input again, the operation is resum ed from the retained state.
Control Mode 1 OFF : W hen external input signal is interrupted, function goes back to the initial setting (P attern No.0).

Current input ty pe, 10 m A /bit m ax.


Control Input Signal Usable as a voltage input ty pe (voltage range: 8 to 48V DC) P hotocoupler insulation input

Output from transister open collector


Control Output Signal Max. 30V, 50 m A
Data Save EEP -ROM (Battery not needed)
P ower Supply 100/200 V AC, 50/60 Hz (85-260 V AC)
P ower Input Less than 10 VA
Am bient Tem perature 0-50°C (32-122°F)
Am bient Hum idity Less than 85%RH (Bedewing m ust be avoided)
Approx. Mass 1 kg (2.2 lbs.)
Note: Indicates preset conditions.

Instructions
Since this controller incorporates a micro computer, do subject it to undue electrical noise.

No.20
Setting Adjusters
Multifunction Slope Controllers PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Control Modes / Setting Example / Slope Type
Control Modes Setting Example
One among the following 3 types of control modes Control Mode 1 A Channel
can be chosen by changing DIP swicth. Code Input P attern Setting %
Rem arks
A8 A4 A2 A1 No. Level Slope
Control Mode 1
Channels A and B generate optional slopes OFF OFF OFF OFF 0 0 0 Stop
independently each other. Cy linder forward
OFF OFF OFF ON 1 99.9 40.0 acceleration
Channel-A
Code Input 0000 0001 0010 0011 0000 Cy linder backward
OFF OFF ON OFF 2 -80.0 60.0 acceleration
Pattern No. 0 1 2 3 0 Cy linder forward
OFF OFF ON ON 3 10.0 50.0 deceleration
Output

Channel-B ON ON ON ON 15 10.0 10.0


Code Input 0000 0101 0100 0000

0 5 4 0
Pattern No. Forward Backward

Output
Pattern 1 Pattern 3
{

Level
Control Mode 2 99.9%
Pattern 2
Output

A slope is generated by a strobe signal (signal for


change to next signal). Channels A and B operate Slope Level
Level
Slope -80.0%
synchronously. 40.0% 50.0% 10.0%
|
Code Input 0000 0001 0010 0011 0000 Slope
60.0%

H
Code Input

Strobe Signal ON
A1
ON ON
Pattern No. 0 1 2 3 0 A2

Channel-A

Output
Slope Type
Channel-B One among the following 4 types can be chosen by changing
Output
DIP switch.

Type 1 Type 2
(%) (%)
Control Mode 3
100 100
The internal timer is activated by a start signal,
Output Voltage

Output Voltage

causing the slopes to be generated successively in 75


R
memory. 50 Straight 50 The 0 to 25% and
Slope Waveform R 75 to 100%
Channels A and B operate independently. 25 portions of the
slope waveform are
Channel-A 0 0 rounded with arcs.
Start Signal 1 Time Time

Pattern No. 0 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3


Type 3 Type 4
Output
(%) (%)
100 100
Output Voltage

Output Voltage

Channel-B
R R
Start Signal 3 50 50
R Two portions R Two portions
Pattern No. 0 3.0 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7 3.8 3.9 above and below 30 above and below
50% of the 30% of the
0 waveform are 0 waveform are
Output rounded with arcs. rounded with arcs.
Time Time

No.21
Setting Adjusters
Multifunction Slope Controllers PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Installation Drawing
AMC-T [Exam ple Diagram ]
AMC-T -20 (Ex.)
EHDFG-03
Sequence Controller A B
CPU
A1 4
a b
A2 5 1 A out
D/A IN
IN
A4 6
2 COM C
A8 7 P T
DC24V
B1 8 3 B out
D/A
EHDFG-03
B2 9 A B
IN ROM RAM
B4 10
a b
18 FG
B8 11 IN
19
DC
COM 12 Power AC
20 85-260V C
Isolation Supply P T
Power DC24V
Supply
Voc
CO.A 13

CO.B 14
M.SV 15
OUT
ALM. 16

17
DOC

DC Power DIMENSIONS IN
Supply MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

Terminal Board
Term inal Term inal
Nam e Nam e
Num ber Num ber
1 Channel A Output A out 11 Code Input B8
2 Com m on COM 12 Code Input Com m on DCOM
3 Channel B Output B out 13 Coincidental Output Signal with "A" CO.A
4 Code Input A1 14 Coincidental Output Signal with "B" CO.B
5 Code Input A2 15 Data Save Signal M.SV
6 Code Input A4 16 Alarm Signal Output ALM.
7 Code Input A8 17 Output Com m on DOC
8 Code Input B1 18 Ground FG
9 Code Input B2 19
P ower Supply AC
10 Code Input B4 20

D: Level Display
Pattern No. M : Channel A Output
Display

D: Slope Display 1
M : Channel B Output 2
3
Indicator Lamp 4
5
189(7.44)
199(7.83)

6
D: Time Display
178(7.01)

7
8
9
DIP switch 10
D: Channel 11
Selection 12 Supply
A 13 POW ER
B
D: Alteration of Level 14 ON Switch
AMC -T Slope Time Values 15
16 OFF
17181920
Panel Operating Key
Data Set (D )
D: Pattern No.
Monitor (M) Designation After
Channel Selection
70 60 Terminal Board
(2.76) (2.36) (Refer to table above)
80 25 72
4.5(.18) Dia. Through (2.83)
(3.15) 4 Places (.98)

No.22
Setting Adjusters
Multifunction Slope Controllers PROPORTIONAL
CONTROLS
Interchangeability between Current and New

Interchangeability betw een Current and New Design


Specifications
Specifications unchanged unless specified below.
Model No.
New : AMC-T-20 Current : AMC-T-10
Description
Output from transister open collector Output from transister open collector
Control Output Signal Max. 30 V, 50 m A Max. 30 V, 10 m A

4 Ty pes P oly gonal Line Signal : 1 Ty pe to be selected


Slope Ty pes Curve Com pensation Signal : 3 Ty pes 1 Ty pe : P oly gonal Line Signal
by DIP switch
Stop Mode ON, OFF
(Applicable only for Control Mode 1)
Data Save EEP -ROM Battery not needed Battery Required
Approx. Mass 1 kg (2.2 lbs.) 1.8 kg (4.0 lbs.)

Terminal
The following are differences between current and new.
Term inal Nam e
Rem arks
Num ber New : Design 20 Current : Design 10
Coincidental Output Signal with "A" Coincidental Output Signal with "A"
13
"CO.A" "DO1" Abbreviation of the term inals are
Coincidental Output Signal with "B" Coincidental Output Signal with "B" changed, though functionally the sam e.
14
"CO.B" "DO2"
Data Save Signal
15
"M.SV"
Added new functions.
Alarm Signal Output

H
16
"ALM."

Interchangeability in Installation
There is an interchangeability in installation, although depths (dimensions "A" and "B") are different.

m m (Inches)
Model Num bers
A B
1
2
3 Current AMC-T-10 185 200
4 (7.28) (7.87)
5
6 60 72
7 New AMC-T-20
8 (2.36) (2.83)
9
10
11
12
13 POW ER
A 14 ON
B
15
16 OFF
AMC -T 17181920

No.23

You might also like